1 CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION - Gujarat Pollution Control ...
-
Upload
khangminh22 -
Category
Documents
-
view
4 -
download
0
Transcript of 1 CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION - Gujarat Pollution Control ...
Table of Contents 1 CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION ........................................................................................... 3
1.1 Purpose of the report ................................................................................................ 3
1.2 Identification of the Project and Project Proponent ................................................ 3
1.2.1 Identification of the Project ................................................................................ 3
1.2.2 Identification of the Project Proponent ............................................................. 4
1.3 Brief description of Nature, Size and location of the Project and its importance to
the country, Region. ............................................................................................................. 5
1.3.1 Brief description of Nature, Size and location of the Project........................... 5
1.3.2 Importance of Project to the Country/Region ................................................... 6
1.4 Scope and Methodology of the study ....................................................................... 8
1.5 Regulatory Framework .............................................................................................11
1.6 Structure of the Report .............................................................................................11
List of Tables
Table 1-1-Details of Project Proponent ................................................................................... 4
Table 1-2-Coordinates of the project location ........................................................................ 5
Table 1-3-Methodology of the study ......................................................................................10
Table 1-4 Regulatory Framework ...........................................................................................11
Table 1-5 - Structure of the Report ........................................................................................11
List of Figures
Figure 1-1- Project Location Map ......................................................................................................... 6
Figure 1-2- Scope & Methodology of the study ............................................................................... 9
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
3 | P a g e
1 CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION
1.1 Purpose of the report
Products falling under project/activities listed within the Schedule to the EIA notification dated
September 14th 2006 (amended till date) requires prior Environmental Clearance (EC) from the
Impact Assessment Authority (IAA) at the Ministry of Environment, Forests and Climate Change
(MoEF&CC) (for Category A project) or the State Level Environmental Impact Assessment
Authorities (SEIAA) (for Category B projects).
The products of the project are covered under Project /activity, 3(a) B, namely “Metallurgical
Industries (ferrous & nonferrous)” requiring Environmental Clearance from SEIAA, Gujarat.
The TOR Presentation was made to State Level Expert Appraisal Committee on 25th November
2020, Subsequently SEAC issued the TOR vide letter no. SEIAA/GUJ/TOR/3(a)/183/2021 dated
03/03/2021 (Annexure 1). Based on the TOR points issued by SEIAA, Draft Environmental
Impact Assessment (EIA) report has been prepared.
The EIA study includes determination of baseline conditions, assessment of the Impacts on the
environment due to the construction and operation of the project and making recommendations
on the preventive measures to be taken, to minimize the impact on the environment to
acceptable levels. A suitable post-study monitoring program will be outlined. Environment
Management Plan will be given based on the emissions and feasibility report.
The purpose of the preparation of Draft Environment Impact Assessment (EIA) report is make
the presentation during the public consultation including public hearing and to obtain
Environment Clearance from the State Level Environmental Impact Assessment Authority
(SEIAA)-State Gujarat but also to understand the likely impacts and to take Environment
Protection measures during and after commissioning of the project.
1.2 Identification of the Project and Project Proponent
1.2.1 Identification of the Project
Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited is a Company, formed in the year of 2019-20 located at
Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1, at. Garida, Ta: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi –
363621.The Company is in the process of setting up manufacturing plant of Billet having
capacity of 26,400 T per Annum. Industrial & Engineering Industry, Mechanical & Electrical
Engineering works, Forgings Industry etc are some of the areas where M. S Billets are used.
The Proposed Unit will be a fully automated unit requiring low labour and will be producing good
quality Billets. Now, for catering the future market demand, the company proposes to set up
manufacturing unit of higher capacity from 26,400 MTPA to 1,17,600 MTPA of Iron and steel
billets and round bars to 1,36,899 MTPA. With this proposed capacity, the unit intends to
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
4 | P a g e
manufacture of Iron & Steel billet within the premises to cater the market requirement.
1.2.2 Identification of the Project Proponent
M/s. Sunrise Multisteel Pvt. Ltd. was incorporated in 17.12.2019 located at Sr. no. 68/2P1,
68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1, at. Garida, Ta: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621
The details of the Promoters and their Background are given as below:
Table 1-1-Details of Project Proponent
1. Sanjay Kumar Vallabhbhai Pan
Address Block No.703, Piramid Tower, Amin Marge, Near Ganga Hall, Bansi Park,
Rajkot-360001
Experience Shri Sanjay Kumar Vallabhbhai Pan, aged 47 year having more than 27
years’ experience in manufacturing activities. He as working director in
Krishna Metacraft Pvt. Ltd. which is manufacture of iron Agriculture
Implements for 25 Years, and also he is director in SAMAY ALLOYS
(INDIA) PRIVATE LIMITED, KRISHNA CONCAST PRIVATE LIMITED and
designated partner in SUNRISE STEEL TECH LLP. He is self-made
personality and believer in hard working and sincerity in all walks of life.
Besides is academic qualification he possesses practical knowledge as
well as in depth knowledge of the manufacturing process as well. He will
look after for charge of Production activities of company. He will be also
responsible for overall marketing and sales of the Company
2. Shri Mahendrabhai Vallbhbhai Ardeshna:
Address C-301, Tulip, Atlantia Garden Kalawad Road Rajkot 360005
Experience Shri Mahendrabhai Vallbhbhai Ardeshna having more than 20 years of
Business Experience. He as Director in GANESH WHEELS PRIVATE
LIMITED and ARADHANA GASES PVT LTD and he is Designated Partner
in PARIJAT RESIDENCY LLP and AMIDHARA RESIDENCY LLP. He
possesses practical knowledge as well as in depth knowledge of the
manufacturing process as well. He is also looking after the Purchase
activities of propose company and research and development activity of
proposed project. He will be also responsible for overall marketing and
sales of the Comapy purchase of material, overall administration the
proposed project and research and development activity of proposed
project.
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
5 | P a g e
3. Shri Alpesh Vallabhbhai Pan:
Address B-701, Kasturi Pride, Parnakutiir Society Main Road, Opp. Parnakutiir
Police Chowki, Atithi C Howk Rajkot 360001
Experience Shri Alpesh Vallabhbhai Pan, aged 43 years and having more than 20
years business experience. He was director in JAYDEEP COTTON
FIBRES PRIVATE LIMITED which is manufacturing and trading of
agriculture products, He is Associates with PAN EMPIRE INDIA PRIVATE
LIMITED which is trading of agriculture products and also he is director in
WET AND DRY PERSONAL CARE PRIVATE LIMITED, PAN MULTI
COMMODITY SERVICES LIMITED, PAN POWERINFRA PRIVATE
LIMITED, PAN HEALTHCARE PRIVATE LIMITED, PAN SPIN TEX
PRIVATE LIMITED and he is Designated Partner in PAN ECO FIBRES
LLP and SUNRISE STEEL TECH LLP. He as a sound knowledge of
administration as he had devoted his skill to gain experience by directing
the firm. He has good administration capability and controlling power. He
commands respect in business circle due to his integrity in business
dealings. He would be the foundation for quick and successful
implementation and profitable operation of proposed project. He will look
after for charge Marketing and Admin activities of company and also he is
responsible for overall success of Company.
1.3 Brief description of Nature, Size and location of the Project and its importance to
the country, Region.
1.3.1 Brief description of Nature, Size and location of the Project
The proposed expansion project is to be located at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1, At.
Garida, Ta. Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621. It is situated at Latitude: 22°30'11.76"N &
Longitude: 71° 3'0.17"E Nearest major city is Wankaner which is 18 KM far from the project site
in direction NW. Total project cost is 55.50 Crores and production capacity for Iron & steel billet
will be 1,44,000 MT/Y and Round bars will be 1,36,800 MT/Y.
Table 1-2-Coordinates of the project location
Sr. No. Corners Latitude Longitude
1. A 22°30'11.76"N 71° 3'0.17"E
2. B 22°30'14.80"N 71° 2'58.64"E
3. C 22°30'14.96"N 71° 2'59.46"E
4. D 22°30'12.79"N 71° 3'1.79"E
5. E 22°30'13.43"N 71° 3'2.45"E
6. F 22°30'13.34"N 71° 3'5.21"E
7. G 22°30'10.71"N 71° 3'5.70"E
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
6 | P a g e
8. H 22°30'10.24"N 71° 3'5.22"E
9. I 22°30'6.28"N 71° 3'6.01"E
10. J 22°30'5.19"N 71° 3'1.86"E
11. K 22°30'6.78"N 71° 3'0.91"E
Figure 1-1- Project Location Map
1.3.2 Importance of Project to the Country/Region
Main purpose of the proposed project is to cater the needs of the market for production of Iron &
Steel billet and future requirement.
With the increase in the industrialization & infrastructure development, there has been an
increase in the demand of steel products. The proposed product is Iron & steel Billets which will
be mainly used for making TMT bars & other steel products. It is used for feedstock to rolling
mills for production of products like wire rods, bars etc. Due to rapid industrial & infrastructure
development there is constant increase in need of steel in the market. Steel products are used
in various sectors of infrastructure development such as industrial establishments, schools
colleges, builders and general public at large. As there is rapid growth in these industrial sectors
within the country as well as globally, accordingly there has been increase in demand for alloy
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
7 | P a g e
steel product.
Being a core sector, steel industry tracks the overall economic growth in the long term. Also,
steel demand, being derived from other sectors like automobiles, consumer durables and
infrastructure, its fortune is dependent on the growth of these user industries. The Indian steel
sector enjoys advantages of domestic availability of raw materials. This provides major cost
advantage to the domestic steel industry. The Indian steel industry is largely iron-based through
the blast furnace (BF) or the direct reduced iron (DRI) route. About 60% of the crude steel
capacity is resident with integrated steel producers (ISP). But the changing ratio of hot metal to
crude steel production indicates the increasing presence of secondary steel producers (non-
integrated steel producers) manufacturing steel through scrap route, enhancing their
dependence on imported raw material. World crude steel production was 152.7 million tonnes
(MT) in 2012, as per World Steel Association (WSA). China accounted for 9.1% of the world's
total crude steel production in 2012, reaching 93.4 MT. During 2012, India maintained its
ranking as the 4th largest steel producing country in the world behind China, Japan and the US
with a crude steel production of 76.7 MT. Global advisory firm Ernst &Young in its recent study
said that India's steel consumption would grow by over 5% in the calendar year 2014 to 83
million tonnes compared with 79 million tones the country consumed in the previous calendar
year. In general there is demand of steel products in the region as well as country and its
demand is increasing day by day due to developmental activities. Main purpose of the proposed
project is to cater the needs for market demand for production of Iron & Steel billet and future
requirement. With the increase in the industrialization & infrastructure development, there has
been an increase in the demand of steel products.
Market Size :
India’s finished steel consumption grew at a CAGR of 5.2 percent during FY16-FY20 to reach
90.68 MT. India’s crude steel and finished steel production increased to 106.56 MT and 131.57
MT in 2018-19, respectively. In FY20 (till November 2019), crude steel and finished steel
production stood at 68.2 MT and 90.3 MT respectively.
During 2020-21, 20.3% MT of steel was exported from India. Exports and imports of finished
steel stood at 5.75 Mill. Tonne and 5.07 Mill. Tonne, respectively, in FY20P (up to November
2019).
The Indian steel industry is very modern with state-of-the-art steel mills. It has always strived for
continuous modernisation and up-gradation of older plants and higher energy efficiency levels.
Government Initiatives :
Some of the other recent government initiatives in this sector are as follows:
Government introduced Steel Scrap Recycling Policy aimed to reduce import.
An export duty of 30 per cent has been levied on iron ore (lumps and fines) to ensure
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
8 | P a g e
supply to domestic steel industry.
Government of India’s focus on infrastructure and restarting road projects is aiding the
boost in demand for steel. Also, further likely acceleration in rural economy and
infrastructure is expected to lead to growth in demand for steel.
The Union Cabinet, Government of India has approved the National Steel Policy
(NSP) 2017, as it seeks to create a globally competitive steel industry in India. NSP
2017 envisages 300 million tonnes (MT) steel-making capacity and 160 kgs per capita
steel consumption by 2030-31.
The Ministry of Steel is facilitating setting up of an industry driven Steel Research and
Technology Mission of India (SRTMI) in association with the public and private sector
steel companies to spearhead research and development activities in the iron and
steel industry at an initial corpus of Rs 200 crore (US $ 30 million).
The Government of India raised import duty on most steel items twice, each time by
2.5 per cent and imposed measures including anti-dumping and safeguard duties on
iron and steel items.
Road ahead
The National Steel Policy, 2017, has envisaged 300 million tonnes of production
capacity by 2030-31. The per capita consumption of steel has increased from 57.6 kg
to 74.1 kg during the last five years. Further, India is expected to surpass USA to
become the world’s second largest steel consumer in 2019*.
As per Indian Steel Association (ISA), steel demand to grow by over 7.2 per cent in
both 2019-20 and 2020-21.
Huge scope for growth is offered by India’s comparatively low per capita steel
consumption and the expected rise in consumption due to increased infrastructure
construction and the thriving automobile and railways sectors.
1.4 Scope and Methodology of the study
The EIA study includes determination of baseline conditions, assessment of the Impacts on the
environment due to the construction and operation of the project and making recommendations
on the preventive measures to be taken, to minimize the impact on the environment to
acceptable levels. A suitable post-study monitoring program will be outlined. Environment
Management Plan will be given based on the emissions and feasibility report. As per the
guidelines, the generic structure of EIA is considered as mentioned in EIA notification dated
14th September, 2006. The scope of study based on MoEF & CC/CPCB guidelines is tabulated
below:
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
9 | P a g e
Figure 1-2- Scope & Methodology of the study
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
10 | P a g e
Table 1-3-Methodology of the study
Environmental
Aspects
No. of
Locations Observations
Meteorology -
One season site specific meteorological status of the
study was carried out for prediction of ground level
concentration in All the direction (Up Wind, Down Wind
& Cross Wind).
Ambient Air Quality 8
The prevailing ambient air quality status was established
through a network of stations monitored during the
period of December - 2020 to February - 2021. The
ambient air quality monitoring as per the parameters
prescribed in TOR was carried out within the study area
of 10 km. Prediction of impacts on air quality due to
proposed operations were carried out through
application of air quality models.
Water GW – 8
SW - 8
The water quality data with respect to physicochemical,
biological parameters and heavy metals were analyzed
to established baseline water quality of study area of 10
km. The wastewater generation, its characterization and
management were carried out which was used in
assessing the impact of the project on water
environment.
Noise 8
Noise level measurements were carried out around the
project site, data were also analyzed for establishing
baseline status of noise and it was used in assessing the
impact of the project on noise & vibration environment.
Soil 8
Soil samples were collected and have been analyzed to
understand nutrient status as well as assessing the
impact of the project on soil environment.
Ecology --
Flora and fauna species was listed based on the
available secondary information. Study of flora and
fauna was carried out within 10 km radius around the
proposed project.
Geology &
Geohydrology --
Geological and geo-hydrological investigation work has
been carried out in and around the study area to know
the status of the study area.
Risk and Hazard
Analysis --
Risk Assessment study has been carried out to evaluate
risk, assess its impact associated to the proposed
project activity --and plan the appropriate action to
control risk by the most economical means.
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
11 | P a g e
1.5 Regulatory Framework
The proposed project will abide and function under the purview of the following Rules, Acts &
Regulations which are formulated by the government to protect environment and maintain good
environmental conditions.
Table 1-4 Regulatory Framework
Sr. No. Legal Instrument Concern Authority or Bodies
1 Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act,
1981 and its subsequent amendments CPCB and SPCB
2 Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution)
Act, 1974 and its subsequent amendments CPCB and SPCB
3 Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution)
Rules, 1975 and its subsequent amendments CPCB and SPCB
4
The Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 &
Environmental (Protection) Rules, 1986 and
their subsequent amendments
Ministry of Environment and
Forests, & Climate Change
(MoEF&CC), CPCB and SPCB
5 Hazardous and Other Wastes (Management
and Trans boundary Movement) Rules, 2016
MoEF & CC, CPCB,
SPCB/UTPCC, DGFT, Port
Authority and Customs Authority
6 EIA Notification, 2006 and its subsequent
amendments MoEF&CC, SPCB/UTPCC
7
Public Liability Insurance Act, 1991 amended
1992 & Public Liability Insurance Rules, 1991
and its subsequent amendments
MoEF&CC, District Collector
8 The Factories Act, 1948
Ministry of Labour, DGFASLI and
Directorate of Industrial Safety
and Health/Factories Inspectorate
9 Noise Pollution (Regulation and Control)
Rules, 2000 and its amendments CPCB and SPCB/UTPCC
1.6 Structure of the Report
The data generated from various studies for EIA/EMP are presented and discussed in following
chapters of this report prepared as per Appendix-III of the EIA Notification, 2006.
Table 1-5 - Structure of the Report
Executive Summary:
This chapter gives the Executive Summary of the EIA report.
Chapter 1 (Introduction): This chapter describes objectives and methodology for EIA.
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
12 | P a g e
Chapter 2 (Project
Description):
This chapter gives a brief description of the location,
approachability, manufacturing processes, and details of raw
materials, amenities, layout and utilities of the proposed project.
Chapter 3 (Description of
the Environment):
This chapter presents details of the baseline environmental
status for microclimate, air quality, noise, traffic, water quality,
soil quality, flora, fauna and socio-economic status etc.
Chapter 4 (Anticipated
Environmental Impact
and Mitigation
Measures):
This chapter discusses the possible sources of pollution and
environmental impacts due to the project during construction
and operation phases and suggests the mitigation measures.
Chapter 5 (Analysis of
Alternatives):
This chapter covers analysis of technology alternatives and site
alternatives.
Chapter 6 (Environmental
Monitoring Programme):
This chapter discusses the details about the environmental
monitoring program during construction and operation phases.
Chapter 7 (Additional
Studies):
This chapter covers information about Risk Assessment Studies
for the construction and operation phase, the safety precautions
that are taken during construction phase and Disaster
Management Plan and Emergency Preparedness Plan onsite
and offsite.
Chapter 8 (Project
Benefits): This chapter presents the benefits from this project.
Chapter 9 (Environmental
Cost Benefit Analysis)
If recommended by EAC at the scoping stage, this chapter shall
include the Environmental Cost benefit Analysis of the project.
Chapter 10
(Environmental
Management Plan):
This chapter deals with the Environmental Management Plan
(EMP) for the proposed Project and indicates measures
proposed to minimize the likely impacts on the environment
during construction and operation phases and budgetary
allocation for the same.
Chapter 11 (Conclusion):
This chapter presents the conclusion made by the project
proponent and developer.
Chapter 12 (Disclosure of
Consultants engaged): This chapter presents the details of the consultant.
13 | P a g e
Table of Contents 2 CHAPTER 2 DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT ..............................................................15
2.1 Type of Project ..........................................................................................................15
2.2 Need for the project ..................................................................................................15
2.3 Project Location ........................................................................................................15
2.4 Site Photographs ......................................................................................................19
2.5 Justification of Site Selection and Siting criteria ...................................................20
2.6 Size or Magnitude of the project ..............................................................................21
2.6.1 Details of Products & Raw Material Consumption ..............................................22
2.7 Process technology and Manufacturing Process Description ..............................23
2.7.1 Manufacturing Process & Mass Balance .............................................................23
2.7.2 Scrap Purchase Management ...............................................................................26
2.7.3 Standard Procedures for handling Scrap cleaning/sorting process for removal
of foreign materials ..........................................................................................................26
2.7.4 Technology Advantage of Induction Furnace: ....................................................26
2.7.5 Solvent Requirement - Recovery System& VOC Sources & its control
Measures ...........................................................................................................................28
2.8 Raw Materials Requirement with Storage and Transportation Details .................28
2.9 Requirement of Resources ......................................................................................29
2.9.1 Details of Project Land and Plant Layout Capital................................................29
2.9.2 Electricity/Power ...................................................................................................29
2.9.3 Water ......................................................................................................................30
2.9.4 Fuel .........................................................................................................................30
2.9.5 Manpower ..............................................................................................................30
2.9.6 Plant Machineries & Utilities .................................................................................31
2.9.7 Potential and Proposed Control Measures ..........................................................32
2.9.8 Water Pollution ......................................................................................................32
2.10 Pollution Potential and Mitigation Measures ..........................................................34
2.10.1 Air Pollution .......................................................................................................34
2.10.2 Flue Gas Emission .............................................................................................34
2.10.3 Process gas emissions .....................................................................................35
2.10.4 Fugitive emissions .............................................................................................37
2.10.5 Solid/Hazardous Waste .....................................................................................37
2.10.6 Noise & Vibration ...............................................................................................38
2.11 Fire & Safety details ..................................................................................................38
14 | P a g e
2.12 Odour source and its control ...................................................................................41
2.13 Records of any legal breach of Environmental laws & GFR 1963 .........................41
2.14 PROPOSED SCHEDULE FOR APPROVAL & IMPLEMENTATION ..........................41
2.15 Assessment of New and Untested Technology ......................................................41
List of Tables Table 2-1- Coordinates of the project site .............................................................................15
Table 2-2-Environmental Aspects ..........................................................................................20
Table 2-3– List of industries ...................................................................................................21
Table 2-4- Capital Cost of Proposed Project .........................................................................21
Table 2-5-Details of Products .................................................................................................22
Table 2-6-Details of Raw Materials .........................................................................................22
Table 2-8- Area Break Up ........................................................................................................29
Table 2-8-Details of Power Consumption ..............................................................................29
Table 2-9-Total Water Consumption ......................................................................................30
Table 2-10- Fuel Consumption Details ...................................................................................30
Table 2-11- Manpower Details ................................................................................................30
Table 2-12- Details of Plant Machineries ...............................................................................31
Table 2-13- Details of STP ......................................................................................................33
Table 2-14- Stream wise fresh water consumption & wastewater generation ....................33
Table 2-15- Details of Flue Gas Stacks ..................................................................................35
Table 2-16 Details of Air Pollution Control Management .....................................................36
Table 2-17- Details of Hazardous waste ................................................................................38
Table 2-18- Details of Solid waste ..........................................................................................38
Table 2-19- Fire Load Calculation ..........................................................................................38
List of Figures Figure 2- 1 Google Map Showing 5 & 10 km radius from the Project Site ..........................16 Figure 2- 2 Google Map Showing Project Site ......................................................................17 Figure 2- 3 Plant Layout .........................................................................................................18 Figure 2- 4 List of Nearby Industries .....................................................................................21 Figure 2- 5 manufacturing process of Iron & Steel billets ....................................................24 Figure 2- 6 Manufacturing process of Round Bars ..............................................................25 Figure 2- 7 Schematic diagram of manufacturing process ..................................................26 Figure 2- 8 Induction Furnace ................................................................................................28 Figure 2- 9 Water Balance Diagram - After proposed expansion ........................................34 Figure 2- 10 Schematic Diagram of air pollution control devices attached to Induction
Furnace ....................................................................................................................................36 Figure 2- 11 Schematic Diagram of air pollution control devices attached to Reheating
furnace .....................................................................................................................................36
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
15 | P a g e
CHAPTER 2 DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT
2.1 Type of Project
M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited is located at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 &
70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621, The proposed project is about the
expansion in Iron & Steel billet and Round Bars with production capacity from 26,400 to 1,17,600
T/Year of Iron & Steel Billet and 1,36,800 T/Y of Round Bars.
The stated project will be carried out within the premises. Thus, this is a brown field project
where unit intends to manufacture products covered under Category 3(a)-B as per EIA
Notification of Ministry of Environment & Forest (MoEF & CC), dated.14-Sep-06.
2.2 Need for the project
Main purpose of the proposed project is to cater the needs for market demand for production of
Iron & Steel billet and future requirement. With the increase in the industrialization & infrastructure
development, there has been an increase in the demand of steel products. The proposed product
is Iron & steel Billets and rolling bar which will be mainly used for making TMT bars & other steel
products. It is used for feedstock to rolling mills for production of long products like wire rods,
bars/rods and structural. Steel Billet is also used extensively in forge shops and machine shops for
production of engineering goods and also as feedstock for seamless tubes. Steel products are
used by the large section of the public such as industrial establishments, schools colleges, farmers,
agriculturists, builders and general public at large. As there is rapid growth in these industrial
sectors within the country as well as globally, accordingly there has been increase in demand for
alloy steel product.
2.3 Project Location The proposed project is to be located at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1, Garida, Ta.
Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621, Gujarat. It is situated at Latitude: 22°30'11.76"N & Longitude:
71° 3'0.17"E. Nearest major city is Wankaner – which is 18 KM far from the project site in
direction NW.
Table 2-1- Coordinates of the project site
Sr. No. Corners Latitude Longitude
1. A 22°30'09.44"N 71° 3'3.40"E
2. B 22°30'11.87"N 71° 3'0.27"E
3. C 22°30'14.96"N 71° 2'58.52"E
4. D 22°30'10.09"N 71° 2'59.54"E
5. E 22°30'12.54"N 71° 3'1.86"E
6. F 22°30'13.81"N 71° 3'2.53"E
7. G 22°30'13.64"N 71° 3'5.48"E
8. H 22°30'11.45"N 71° 3'5.95"E
9. I 22°30'10.11"N 71° 3'5.36"E
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
16 | P a g e
10. J 22°30'6.13"N 71° 3'6.07"E
11. K 22°30'10.09"N 71° 3'1.98"E
12. L 22°30'6.52"N 71° 3'0.76"E
13. M 22°30'6.28"N 71° 2'58.22"E
14. N 22°30'8.41"N 71° 2'57.43"E
Google map showing surrounding areas in 10 km radius from the project site are given as
Figure 2-2.
Figure 2- 1 Google Map Showing 5 & 10 km radius from the Project Site
(Source: Google Earth)
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
17 | P a g e
Figure 2- 2 Google Map Showing Project Site
(Source: Google Earth)
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
18 | P a g e
Figure 2- 3 Plant Layout
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
19 | P a g e
2.4 Site Photographs
Direction: North Direction: South
Date: 21/02/2021 Date: 21/02/2021
Direction: East Direction: West
Date: 21/02/2021 Date: 21/02/2021
Figure 2- 4 Site Photographs
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
20 | P a g e
2.5 Justification of Site Selection and Siting criteria The unit is located at at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/ P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi
– 363621, Gujarat, India and site selection was guided by many factors like infrastructure, availability
of land, water sources, fuel, transportation, Manpower, power availability etc.
It is an expansion project/ brown field and thus no displacement of population will take place. There is
no protected area notified under the Wild Life (Protection) Act (1972) &Eco sensitive area notified
under the Environment (Protection) Act- 1986 exists within 05 km radius areas from the project site.
The requisite skilled, semi-skilled and unskilled labour from local area would be easily available.
Salient features in the surroundings area of the site as well as infrastructure availability with
approximate aerial distance and direction are as given below:
Table 2-2-Environmental Aspects
Sr. No. Features Particulars
1. Nearest village Garida - 2 Km (SW)
2. Nearest Town/City Wankaner – 18 Km (NW)
3. Nearest Habitation Garida – 2 Km (E) Ratadiya – 2.5 Km (W)
4. Nearest Railway Station Wankaner Railway Station - 15.61 Km (NNW)
5. Nearest Hospital Aashirvad Hospital -18.16 Km (SE)
6. Nearest Highway NH-8 -2 Km (WNW)
7. Nearest Airport Rajkot -47.4 Km (SW)
8. Nearest Fire Station Railnagar Sub Fire Station- 34 Km (SW)
9. Nearest Water Body Artificial Lake -1.5. Km (SW)
10. Ecologically sensitive zones Not within 05 Kms
11. Historical/ Archaeological places Not within 10 Kms
12. National Parks/Wild Life Sanctuary Not within 05 Kms
13. Seismic Zone Seismic Zone III
14. MSL 48m
15. Annual rainfall 509 mm
16. Temperature range 18oC - 39oC
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
21 | P a g e
Table 2-3– List of industries
Sr. No. Name of Industry Distance & Direction
Type of Industry
1. Neon Industries 11.33 Km, NW Industrial Equipment Supplier
2. Shree Shakti Oil Industries
8.16 Km, SSE Oil Industries
3. Poonam Ceramic Industries
9.54 Km, NNE Ceramic Manufacturer
4. Jagdish Ceramic Industries
16.24 Km, WNW Ceramic Manufacturer
5. Silex Industries 10.64 Km, S Chemical industry
Figure 2- 5 List of Nearby Industries
2.6 Size or Magnitude of the project The total land area of the plot is 43503 m2
The breakup of the Total Capital Cost is given in Table 4 and the time of completion of the project after getting EC is 6-8 month.
Table 2-4- Capital Cost of Proposed Project
Sr. Particulars Cost (In Rupees)
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
22 | P a g e
No. Existing Proposed Total
1. Land Plot At…(Based On Land
Acquisition Agreement) 10,00,000 - 10,00,000
2. Factory Building (Based On
Estimated By Engineer) 4,00,00,000 6,00,00,000 10,00,00,000
3. Plant & Machinery (Based On
Quotation From Various Suppliers) 15,35,00,000 23,00,00,000 38,35,00,000
4 Others 1,01,00,000 5,54,00,000 6,55,00,000
Total 20,46,00,000 34,54,00,000 550,000,000
2.6.1 Details of Products & Raw Material Consumption
2.6.1.1 Details of Products:
The details of expansion in proposed products along with the capacity are listed below in Table
Table 2-5-Details of Products
Sr. no.
Name of the Products
Quantity (T/Annum)
Existing Proposed Total
1 Iron and Steel
Billets 26,400 1,17,600 1,44,000
2 Round Bars: Re-Rolling
00 1,36,800 1,36,800
Total 26,400 2,54,400 2,80,800
2.6.1.2 Details of Raw Materials:
Basic raw materials will be i.e. Iron/steel Scraps or Pig/Sponge iron sourced from scrap
dealers, (Bhavnagar).
Inspection of incoming raw material will be conducted in the inspection yard and rejection
will be returned to the vendors and accepted material will be stored in the respective raw
material yard in order to make the particular lot / batch as per the demand of the market.
The raw materials used for the production are given in Table 6.
Table 2-6-Details of Raw Materials
Details of Existing Raw Materials
Sr. No. Name of Raw Material Per tonne of production
Total Qty T/Year
1 Iron/Steel Scrap 1.05 T 27,720
2 Or Pig Sponge 1.20 T 31,680
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
23 | P a g e
Details of Proposed Raw Materials
Sr. No. Name of Raw Material
Quantity
Per tonne of production
T/Year
For Iron and Steel Billets
1. Iron/Steel Scrap 1.05 T 1,23,480
2. Or Pig Sponge 1.20 T 1,41,120
For Round Bars: Re-Rolling
1. Iron and steel billets 1.05 T 1,44,000
2.7 Process technology and Manufacturing Process Description
The Iron & Steel billet products are manufactured by proven process optimally available from
academic sources. The Best Available Technology for the said products is through the
production experience by technocrats. Electric Induction furnaces powered by energy are
adopted as the best available technology for manufacturing process. The melting of metals is
through furnaces achieving the best thermal efficiency. The Company has adopted the best
available technology and also formulated the Energy Saving Policy statement.
2.7.1 Manufacturing Process & Mass Balance
1. Iron & Steel Billets
Basic raw materials will be i.e. Iron/steel Scraps or Pig/Sponge iron sourced from scrap
dealers, (Bhavnagar).
Inspection of incoming raw material will be conducted in the inspection yard and rejection
will be returned to the vendors and accepted material will be stored in the respective raw
material yard in order to make the particular lot / batch as per the demand of the market.
The scrap will be then charged into the Induction Furnace. The scrap in the induction
furnace will be heated till 1600 degree Celsius.
At this temperature, the scrap will be converted into liquid mass form and during this process
the slag and other impurities/ foreign materials will be removed which is floating on top of
the melted mass.
Water sprinkling will be done on slag to cool down the temperature of the slag.
Impurities will be sold to other recyclers.
Rich minerals such as aluminium, silicon, manganese, etc will be added at this stage to
make the metal of the desired grade at this stage.
Liquid mass will be transferred to ladle followed by Continuous Casting Machine where hot
billets are formed.
After cooling the finished product i.e. Iron & steel Billets will be shifted to storage
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
24 | P a g e
Figure 2- 6 manufacturing process of Iron & Steel billets
2. Round Bars: Re-Rolling
Basic raw materials will be Iron and steel billets
From the room temperature it will be sent for heating in Reheating Furnace from 500 –
550oC to soften the billets.
After reheating softens billets will be sent in rolling machine.
From rolling it will be formed in desired shape of steel bars.
After rolling, steel bars will be cool down to room temperature.
After cooling it will be sent for Quality test.
After quality test it will be sent for Sawing to cut into desired length.
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
25 | P a g e
Later it will be sent for again quality test and sent for storage.
Manufacturing Flowchart & Mass Balance
Figure 2- 7 Manufacturing process of Round Bars
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
26 | P a g e
Figure 2- 8 Schematic diagram of manufacturing process
2.7.2 Scrap Purchase Management
As MS scrap is a by-product, it's been procured from various manufacturers like casting, forging,
machining and other units. Therefore, the scraps procured from these factories are of top quality and is
clean and ready to be used. The ratio of this would be 85-90%. The material procured from small to
medium scrap collectors has some dust and other undesired materials in them like plastic, rubber
and paint. The quantity of the same is negligible and is cleaned in the scrap cleaning phase.
2.7.3 Standard Procedures for handling Scrap cleaning/sorting process for removal of
foreign materials
Unskilled labours are employed directly or indirectly in the company to segregate the ~15%
scrap procured from small & medium collectors of scrap. The steps of the same go as follows:
(SOP)
A. Scrap is to be primarily inspected in vehicle before unloading.
B. The scrap to be unloaded into the observation area if the material is found as per
standards. If not, return the material.
C. Detailed observation is to be made and all the undesired material to be identified and
red tagged.
D. Identified undesired material to be removed and stored in waste storage area and the
clean scrap should be stored in the respective raw material storage yard space
depending on the size and nature of the material.
E. The waste storage area is to be cleaned and the undesired material to be sold back into
the market on a regular basis.
All raw materials like Iron ore, MS scraps will be received and stored in respected closed storage
shed. Scrap from ship is low carbon and good quality. All raw scraps are separated by magnetic
separator. Separated scrap is manually examined for removal of painted, oily and dirty residual
scrap. Such scrap is sorted out.
2.7.4 Technology Advantage of Induction Furnace:
Technology provides Iron shunts which cover up to 60% of the outside of the coil to ensure
adequate control of the magnetic field and direct mechanical support of the coil. Furnace coil is
manufactured from heavy wall copper tubing to provide strength and large water paths to
ensure adequate cooling to the back of the refractory lining
Furnace coils incorporate low loss stainless steel cooling coils above and below the power coil
to ensure adequate cooling to the back of the refractory lining through the full height. Low
conductivity stainless steel is used to construct the cooling coils to reduce the amount of energy
induced in to cooling section thereby increasing the energy available for melting and reducing
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
27 | P a g e
the losses to cooling system. Spacers placed between the coil turns in 16 positions around the
circumference of the coil ensure rigidity of the coil in the vertical and provide a means for the coil
to “breath”. The coils ability to breath ensures the free passage of moisture from the refractory
lining during the sinter cycle.
Coils are insulated with a proprietary material. The use of this material allows operating with
elevated coil voltages. High coil voltages mean lower currents for the same kilowatt draw
resulting in lower electrical loses. It also means higher voltages are induced into the charge
which enhances the “contact” within the charge levels of power draw.
The power supplies are built into steel enclosures. This ensures all the components,
interconnecting cables and bus bars are installed in the factory prior to delivery. This design
enables to simplify the installation of the equipment and shorten the onsite installation and
commissioning period. This construction ensures the power supply sits on a flat floor and does
not require any trenches.
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
28 | P a g e
Figure 2- 9 Induction Furnace
Induction furnaces offer certain advantages over other furnace systems. They include:
Higher Yield. The absence of combustion sources reduces oxidation losses that can be
significant in production economics.
Faster Startup. Full power from the power supply is available, instantaneously, thus
reducing the time to reach working temperature. Cold charge-to-tap times of one to two
hours are common.
Flexibility. No molten metal is necessary to start medium frequency coreless induction
melting equipment. This facilitates repeated cold starting and frequent alloy changes.
Natural Stirring. Medium frequency units can give a strong stirring action resulting in a
homogeneous melt.
Cleaner Melting. No by-products of combustion means a cleaner melting environment
and no associated products of combustion pollution control systems.
Compact Installation. High melting rates can be obtained from small furnaces.
Reduced Refractory. The compact size in relation to melting rate means induction
furnaces require much less refractory than fuel-fired units
Better Working Environment. Induction furnaces are much quieter than gas furnaces,
arc furnaces, or cupolas. No combustion gas is present and waste heat is minimized.
Energy Conservation. Overall energy efficiency in induction melting ranges from 55 to 75
percent, and is significantly better than combustion processes.
2.7.5 Solvent Requirement - Recovery System& VOC Sources & its control Measures
There is no solvent used in the process for any of the above products. There is no VOC source
from the manufacturing process and raw materials being used and proposed to be used in the
operation.
2.8 Raw Materials Requirement with Storage and Transportation Details Mostly all raw materials are available in local market so, they will be purchased from local
market. Mainly trucks are used for the transportation of raw materials.
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
29 | P a g e
2.9 Requirement of Resources
2.9.1 Details of Project Land and Plant Layout Capital
M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited has obtained project land in Garida. Land possession
document and non-agricultural (NA) land certificate is enclosed as Annexure 3 Total available
land area of premises is 43503 m2, out of which 14501 m2 (33.02%) area will be developed for
greenbelt. It may be noted that no additional land will be required for proposed project. Detailed
break-up of land area is given in Table 7.
Table 2-7- Area Break Up
Sr. No.
Name of Building / Facility Area
(Sq. Mt.)
1 Shade of production work 5315.30
2 Scrape Yard 2423.20
3 Billet & round bar storage area 2361.60
4 Utility Area (Including STP) 360.00
5 Admin office 250.00
6 Canteen 100.00
7 Loading Unloading 1903.00
8 Parking 500.00
9 Greenbelt Area 14501.00
10 Open Area 5560.00
11 Open area for further expansion 10188.90
12 OHC 40.00
TOTAL AREA 43503.00
There are requirement of resources like water, power, fuel, manpower, plant & machineries,
utilities etc. Details of requirement of such resources for project are described in subsequent
sections under respective headings.
2.9.2 Electricity/Power
Total power requirement for the project will be about 14 MW which will be procured from
Paschim Gujarat Vij Company Ltd. (PGVCL).
Table 2-8-Details of Power Consumption
Sr. No. Source Total
1. PGVCL (Paschim Gujarat Vij Company Limited) 14 MW
2. D.G. Set (Stand by) 500 KVA x 1 Nos.
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
30 | P a g e
2.9.3 Water
Total fresh Water requirement of the project after expansion for domestic & Industrial activity
during operation phase will be 35.5 KLD. Water requirement for expansion will be met from
tanker supply. The detailed water requirement shown in below Table,
Table 2-9-Total Water Consumption
Sr.
No. Purpose
Water Consumption, (In KLD)
Existing Proposed Total
1 Domestic 2.0 7.0 9.0
2 Gardening 2.0 4.0 6.0 (Recycled STP Waste
Water)
3 Industrial
a. Cooling 4.0 16.0 20.0
b. Scrubber 0 0.5 0.5
c. Others/RO 1.0 5.0 6.0
Total (Industrial) 5.0 21.5 26.5
Total (1+2+3) 9.0 32.50 41.50
Total fresh water consumption: 35.5 Total water consumption: 41.50
2.9.4 Fuel
Coal is proposed to be used for Reheating furnace for billets, Diesel will be used as fuel in D. G.
Set. A D.G. set of capacity 14 MW has been proposed which will be sufficient to meet the power
requirement for the proposed project. The fuel consumption for the proposed project is
anticipated to be as follows:
Table 2-10- Fuel Consumption Details
Sr. No. Name of fuel Quantity
1. Diesel 100 Lit/Hour
2. Coal/
Natural Gas 12 MT/Day / 1000 M3/Day
2.9.5 Manpower
The Promoters has estimated manpower requirement of 150 direct & 20 indirect employment.
Table 2-11- Manpower Details
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
31 | P a g e
Employment Generation
1. Direct 150
2. Indirect 20
Total 170
2.9.6 Plant Machineries & Utilities
List of plant machineries required for the proposed project is given in Table
Table 2-12- Details of Plant Machineries
Sr. No. Machinery List Quantity
1 Induction Furnace 30MT / 140000MW 1
2 EOT Crane 30/10MT 3
3 EOT Crane 20MT 2
4 EOT Crane 70/30MT 1
5 EOT Crane 15MT 1
6 EOT Crane 10MT 1
7 CCM Billet Caster 6/11 1(Two Strands)
8 Transformer 17MVA (8.5 X 2) 1
9 66kv sub station 1
10 Transformer 20MW 1
11 Billet Cutting Machine 2
12 Scrap Pusher Machine 2
13 Water Pumps 1 set
14 Crane Gentry Girder (Scrapyard) 1
15 Crane Gentry Girder (Melt Shop) 1
16 Crane Gentry Girder (Rolling Mill) 1
17 Complete Workshop 1 set
18 Water pipelines 1 set
19 Electric Panels and Cables 1 set
20 Power Line 1 set
21 Line Charge - Getco 1
22 APCMs 1
23 DG Sets 1
24 Rolling Mill Complex - 510mm 1 set
25 Lining Vibrator 1
26 Scrap Transfer Trolley 1
27 Hydraulic Orange Peel Grab 1
28 Electro Magnets 3
29 Transformer 3500KVA 1
30 Transformer 2500KVA 1
31 Ladle- 35MT Capacity 3
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
32 | P a g e
32 Ladle Hanger 2
33 RO Plant 1
34 Pollution Control Unit 1 set
35 Lab Equipments - Spectrometer 1
36 Cooling Tower 1 set
2.9.7 Potential and Proposed Control Measures
There are possibilities of pollution from the proposed project due to domestic & industrial
wastewater generation & disposal, gaseous emission from process, flue gas emission from
utilities, fugitive emission, noise and hazardous waste generation & disposal. The said probable
pollutions are described below under respective heading with necessary details and mitigation
measures.
2.9.8 Water Pollution
The source of water is Tanker Supply. Total fresh water requirement for the proposed project
after expansion will be 35.5 KLD out of which 9 KLD will be used for domestic use and 26.5 KLD
for industrial purposes. About 7 KLD of sewage will be generated, which will be treated in STP. 6
KLD reused for gardening.
2.9.8.1 Process Description of STP:
Wastewater generated from toilets, bathrooms, Canteen etc.is collected via series of drains and
is collected in sewage collection tank which is fully enclosed and covered with slab. Oil & grease
trap is provided in collection tank. Collected sewage is treated as per process given below:
The sewage generated shall be received by gravity at the screen chamber & sewage collection
sump. Solid particles such as clothes, plastics etc. are trapped in bar screen and removed
manually with help of spade.
Screened are cleaned regularly so as to avoid any blockages. Screened matter will be collected
and stored in drum for disposal.
The sewage from sewage collection sump shall be pumped to the aeration compartment of
the package unit as per predetermined schedule. The package sewage treatment plant is
designed as a completely mixed aerobic system. In the aeration tank sufficient aeration time
shall be provided to obtain good growth of the biomass. The oxygen required for the bio growth
shall be provided by the Aeration blower provided near the package plant.
The treated sewage from the Aeration unit shall be taken to the settler. In the settler the
biomass shall separate and are removed periodically. Clarified wastewater shall be taken to
filter feed sump / clarified sewage tank.
The clarified water from the package plant shall be passed through the Pressure Sand Filter &
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
33 | P a g e
Activated Carbon filter, to remove fine suspended solids & left over organics. The filters shall be
backwashed once in 48 hrs or when the pressure drop exceeds 0.5 kg/cm2. The treated
sewage shall be suitably chlorinated (as per statutory regulation) before it is stored in treated
sewage tank. This treated water shall be reused for horticulture / toilet flushing.
The excess sludge generated in the treatment plant is taken to the Sludge Drying Bed,
which shall be located near the receiving sump. The filtrate from sludge drying bed is brought
back to the receiving sump by gravity. The dewatered sludge may be used for composting. The
receiving sump is RCC tank with RCC Slab & the Package plant can be located on slab top, if
space is constrained.
Table 2-13- Details of STP
Sr. No.
Name of Unit Nos. Length, meter
Width, Meter
Liquid Depth meter
Liquid Volume,
(cubic meter)
Retention Time
1. Bar screen 1 400 mm X 600 mm -
2. Equalization Sedimentation Tank
1 3.0 2.0 3.0 18.0 43.2 hr
3. Aeration Tank 1 2.0 1.0 3.0 6.0 14 hr
4. Sludge drying bed 1 3.0 3.0 0.5 -
5. Secondary Sedimentation Tank
1 3.0 2.0 4.0 24.0 57.6 hr
6. Pressure sand Filter 1 1000 l/ hr capacity -
7. Carbon Filter 1 1000 l/hr capacity -
2.9.8.2 Water Balance
Domestic Wastewater: About 7 KLD of sewage will be generated, which will be treated in STP
Industrial Wastewater: Total 3 KLD will be generated from industrial wastewater, which will be
reused in sprinkling on hot iron slag.
Table 2-14- Stream wise fresh water consumption & wastewater generation
Sr.
No. Purpose
Water Consumption, KLD Wastewater Generation, KLD
Existing Proposed Total Existing Proposed Total
1 Domestic 2.0 7.0 9.0 1.50 5.50 7.00
2 Industrial
a. Cooling 4.0 16.0 20.0 0.2 1.80 2.0
b. Scrubber 0 0.5 0.5 0.0 0.0 0.0
c. Others/RO 1.0 5.0 6.0 0.2 0.80 1.0
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
34 | P a g e
Total (Industrial) 5.0 21.5 26.5 0.4 2.6 3.0
Total (1+2) 9.0 32.50 35.5 1.90 8.1 10.0
*About 7 KLD of sewage will be generated, which will be disposed through STP, out of
which 6 KLD reused for gardening
Figure 2- 10 Water Balance Diagram - After proposed expansion
2.10 Pollution Potential and Mitigation Measures
The details of pollution from the project due to domestic and industrial wastewater generation &
disposal, flue gas emission from utilities, fugitive emission, noise & vibration and hazardous
waste generation & disposal. The said probable pollutants are described below under respective
heading with necessary details and mitigation measures.
2.10.1 Air Pollution
In this proposed project, flue gas emission will be the main source of air pollution.
2.10.2 Flue Gas Emission
Gaseous emissions will generate from reheating furnace. Coal shall be used as fuel. The other
gaseous emission from the proposed project is the flue gas emission from the stack attached to
D. G. Set. Diesel Will be used as fuel for D. G. Set. The table below shows the sources of the air
pollution with the air pollutant emitted from the sources.
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
35 | P a g e
Table 2-15- Details of Flue Gas Stacks
SR. no.
Source of emission
With Capacity
e.g. Boiler (8 TPH)
Stack Height (meter)
Name of the
fuel & Quantity
Stack Diameter (meter)
Type of emissions
i.e. Air Pollutants
APCM Emission Standards
Existing
1.
Induction Furnace (with two crucible)
Capacity: 10 T.
30 Electricity
As per requirement
1.13 SPM
Pulse jet type Bag Filter with provision
of movable primary & secondary suction
hood
150 ppm 100 ppm 50 ppm
2.
D.G. Set (500 KVA)
Standby 12
Diesel
100 Lit/hr .
SPM
Adequate Stack
Height
150 ppm 100 ppm 50 ppm
Proposed
1.
Induction Furnace (with two crucible)
Capacity: 30 T.
30
Electricity
As per requirement
1.13 SPM
Pulse jet type Bag Filter with provision of movable primary & secondary suction
hood
150 ppm 100 ppm 50 ppm
2. Reheating
Furnace for billets
22
Natural gas 1000 M
3/day
0.8 SPM SO2
NOx
Adequate Stack Height
150 ppm 100 ppm 50 ppm
Coal (will be used until we get Natural Gas connection) 12 MT/day
Multi cyclone Dust collector followed by
water Scrubber
2.10.3 Process gas emissions
There is no process emission.
2.10.3.1 Details of Air Pollution Control Measures
Pulse jet type Bag Filter with provision of movable primary & secondary suction hood to Induction Furnace.
Multi cyclone dust collector followed by water Scrubber to Re-heating furnace in case of coal will be used as a fuel.
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
36 | P a g e
Table 2-16 Details of Air Pollution Control Management
Figure 2- 11 Schematic Diagram of air pollution control devices attached to Induction Furnace
Figure 2- 12 Schematic Diagram of air pollution control devices attached to Reheating furnace
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
37 | P a g e
Particulars Details
Fumes from sources 25T IMF
Gas Volume 150,000 Am3/hr.
Gas Temp. 100-160 C.
Filter Bags
Made out of PTFE Membrane on 100 %
polyester Non-Woven Needle Felt fabric with
heat signed and calendared finish (water & oil
repellent)
Bag house type
Off-line types FES system:
Modular section - pulse jet (6 compartment)=
2 Row X 3(170 Bags 5525 mm length)
Spark arrestor with gas cooling arrangement Heat exchanger type (FDC) with cooling fans.
Emissions at chimney < 50 mg/Nm3
2.10.4 Fugitive emissions
There are two sources of fugitive emission (1) from process and (2) Vehicular emission, hence,
the suction hood on each induction furnace will be provided with duct guided to proposed
Reverse Pulse jet Bag filters to each induction furnace. The suction hood will be guided to top of
the induction furnace Crucible lid. The air above lid will be under pressure to suction hood to
control the fugitive emission beyond the work zone area.
Fugitive emission from (2) Vehicular emission due to Nos. of vehicles transportation per day for
handling raw materials and finished products, Slags, Dust bags from Bag Filters
A) Finish Goods: Equivalent vehicles per day: 30 Trucks per day
B) Raw Material: 312840 T/ 25 T truck = (12600 trucks/Year)/12 Months/30 Days = 40
Trucks per day.
C) Slag: 1 Truck load every week
D) Dust Bags:1 Truck load every fifteen days
Total Truck load estimates will be 70 nos. per day. Periodical work zone monitoring will be
carried out once in six months for 8 hrs and 15 minutes for parameters PM10, SO2 and other
parameters as per the Factories Act. RCC Roads will be provided to restrict the fugitive
emissions.
2.10.5 Solid/Hazardous Waste
Details of management of the hazardous wastes to be generated from the project stating detail
of storage area for each type of waste, its handling, its utilization and disposal etc.
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
38 | P a g e
Table 2-17- Details of Hazardous waste
Sr. No.
Type of Hazardous
Waste.
Category Code /
No.
Total Quantity (MT/Year)
Generation source
Hazardous Waste Handling and Management Facilities.
1. Used oil, I -5.1 0.2 Machine, DG Set Collection, Storage and
reused in the factory premises as a lubricant.
2.
Discarded Containers /
Barrels /Liners contaminate
with Hazardous Waste/Chemical
I -33.3 2.0 Hazardous Materials
Receiving barrels
Collection, Storage and returned to Supplier.
Table 2-18- Details of Solid waste
Sr. No.
Type of solid Waste.
Total Quantity
Solid Waste Handling and Management Facilities.
1. Slag
7,000 MT/Year (while using Iron & Steel
Scrap) 28,800 MT/Year (while using pig/sponge
iron)
Collection, Storage and sell for filling up in low lying area, construction or roads etc/ sale to actual end users after maximum possible re-melting.
2.10.6 Noise & Vibration
All Plant Machinery shall be installed under closed covered shed area.
All Plant machinery shall be lubricated from time to time to reduce Noise pollution.
Ear plugs or ear muffs will be provided to all the workers.
Noise and vibration control system such as equipment foundation pads, silencers shall be
used to minimize noise and vibration.
2.11 Fire & Safety details Unit proposed the fire water storage tank of capacity: 200 KL and water hydrant system in the
proposed plant area to control the fire emergency. The PPEs will be provided to the work zone
area with adequate numbers with 1st Aid facilities at work place and office area.
Table 2-19- Fire Load Calculation
FIRE LOAD CALCULATION
1 Name & Address of
factory : M/s. Sunrise multi Steel Pvt. Ltd.
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
39 | P a g e
Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621
2 Phone Number : 9825072622
3 Name of Occupier : Mr. Sanjaykumar Vallabhbhai Pan
4 Total Floor of the factory : Ground Floor + 01
5 Detail of Combustible Area (In sq. Meter)
a) Total Floor Area : 12753.00
M
2
b) Open Space Area in which Combustible
Material stored : 3060 M
2
c) Area having more than
15 meter Height : 0.00 M
2
d) Area having Wooden
material :
390
M
2
Total (a + b + c + d) :
16203.00
M
2
6 a + b + c + d
20 : 16203.00 / 20 =
810.15
L/Min
7 Total Requirement of Water (based on area in sr. no-6)
: 40507.50
Liters
8 Current Water storage Capacity for fire hydrant
: 200.00
Liters
Underground Tank + overhead tank + On ground Tank
: 200.00
Liters
9 In case of Fire, Arrangement for water to be used in fire
fighting
a) Is Hydrant Line available? If Yes give dimension of Pipe.
:
6.0 Inch Diameter fire hydrant line will be provided connected to
Jockey Pump and sprinkler system. The jockey pump is placed
with the fire water tank having capacity of 200 KL.
b)
Which type of arrangement are available for Supply water on ground or upper floor i.e. Pipe line and it's Diameter (c.m.); Give detail
: Pipeline having diameter of 6” inches will be installed.
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
40 | P a g e
c) Are Fire Water Pump Available or Not? Give detail
: One electricity operated jockey pump of capacity 150 LPM
10
If the Value of Sr. 6 is more than 550, then requirement of trailer Pump is applicable. If it applicable then what is the arrangement for the Same. Give detail
:
Provision of one number of trailer pump with Minimum Output:
4500 LPM @ 8 bar. The plant will be equipped with fire
hydrant system and fire extinguishers. Provision of two
Numbers of Foam Trolley having capacity of 25 Liters.
11 How many water buckets required?
: 30 nos
12
How Many 9 Litres water type Extinguisher required?(Water Bucket/6)
Fire Extinguisher
required = 30 / 6 = 5
Bucket may be dispensed with provided supply of extinguisher
is double than indicate
above = 0 + 5 = 5
13
Requirement of 5 Kg CO2 Type Fire Extinguisher for Class - E fire. Floor wise (1 for every 15 m length)
: 10 nos
Total requirement of Fire extinguishers
: 5 + 0
5 nos
14 Details of installed Fire Extinguishers.
Type nos
ABC (4.5 Kg) : 16
CO2 (4.5 kg) : 15
SAND BUCKET : 2
FOAM ( 9L) : 05
DCP (5 kg) : 03
TOTAL : 41
15 Additional Fire Extinguisher Required
: No
16
Emergency Fire Exit provided to Each Floor? Ladder Provided to Each floor?
:
Ladder is provided to first floor
with 2.0 meter width
17 Arrangement for Fire warning. i.e. Hooter /
: Emergency siren is provided at
security Gate
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
41 | P a g e
Ele. Bell / Other
18 Water Sprinkler Provided?
: No
19. Nearest Fire Station Railnagar Sub Fire Station- 34
Km
20. Travelling Time of Fire
Service ~ 30 Min.
2.12 Odour source and its control No specific chemical or group of chemicals is having potential odour sources.
2.13 Records of any legal breach of Environmental laws & GFR 1963 There is no Show Case Notice (SCN) order or any other notices from GPCB from the time of
establishment.
Details of any fatal and non-fatal accidents and dangerous occurrence under the Gujarat
Factorial Rules 1963 (GFR) for factories for the last three years: No fatal and non-fatal accident
and dangerous occurred in last three years since the unit is still under construction and
operation has not started.
2.14 PROPOSED SCHEDULE FOR APPROVAL & IMPLEMENTATION The tentative project schedule is given below. The implementation of the project will be taken up
after receipt of Consent to establish from Gujarat State Pollution Control Board. Time schedule
for Approval & implementation of the project is given in Table below.
2.15 Assessment of New and Untested Technology The unit will adopt latest and best technology available so far in the market for the
manufacturing of proposed products to achieve maximum yield with minimum pollution
generation and fugitive emission. The unit is very concerned and conscious about the product
quality and equally about the environmental protection & resource conservation. Hence, unit will
put continuous efforts for replacing / upgrading plant and machineries from time to time with the
best available technology.
Application for obtaining TOR SIA/GJ/IND/56130/2020 dated 17th October 2020
ToR Letter SEIAA/GUJ/TOR/3(a)/183/2021 dated 3rd March 2021
Base line Monitoring Period December 2020 to February 2021
Public Hearing June 2021 (Tentatively)
Submission of final EIA for EC August 2021 (Tentatively)
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
P a g e | 43
Table of Contents 3 CHAPTER 3 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT ....................................................46
3.1 Introduction ......................................................................................................... 46
3.2 Methodology ....................................................................................................... 47
3.3 Geology ............................................................................................................... 49
3.4 Geomorphology and soil type ............................................................................ 49
3.5 Hydrogeology ...................................................................................................... 49
3.6 Land Use ............................................................................................................. 50
3.7 Drainage Pattern ................................................................................................. 52
3.8 Seismicity of the Study Area .............................................................................. 52
3.9 Meteorology ........................................................................................................ 53
3.9.1 Met Data Generated at Site ............................................................................. 54
3.10 Ambient Air Quality ............................................................................................ 56
3.10.1 Reconnaissance .......................................................................................... 56
3.10.2 Methodology for Air Monitoring: ................................................................ 56
3.10.3 Selection of Stations for Sampling: ............................................................ 56
3.10.4 Observations on Ambient Quality .............................................................. 63
3.11 Noise Environment ............................................................................................. 65
3.11.1 Reconnaissance .......................................................................................... 65
3.11.2 Methodology for Noise Monitoring ............................................................. 65
3.11.3 Noise Monitoring Locations ........................................................................ 65
3.11.4 Observation and Discussions ..................................................................... 66
3.12 Ground Water Quality ......................................................................................... 68
3.12.1 Reconnaissance Survey .............................................................................. 68
3.12.2 Methodology of Monitoring ......................................................................... 68
3.12.3 Ground Water Quality .................................................................................. 69
3.12.4 Observation of ground water monitoring results ...................................... 72
3.13 Surface Water Quality ......................................................................................... 72
3.14 Soil Environment ................................................................................................ 78
3.14.1 Methodology ................................................................................................ 78
3.14.2 Soil Sampling Locations ............................................................................. 79
3.14.3 Analysis of Soil Samples ............................................................................. 81
3.14.4 Observation of Soil monitoring results: ..................................................... 82
3.15 Biological Monitoring ......................................................................................... 82
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
P a g e | 44
3.16 Socio-Economic Environment ........................................................................... 89
3.16.1 Socio Economic Assessment ..................................................................... 89
3.16.2 Demographics .............................................................................................. 90
3.16.3 Population .................................................................................................... 92
3.16.4 Sex ratio ....................................................................................................... 92
3.16.5 Social Structure ........................................................................................... 94
3.16.6 Literacy ......................................................................................................... 95
3.16.7 Occupational Pattern ................................................................................... 97
3.17 Traffic Study ...................................................................................................... 100
3.17.1 Interpretation of Traffic Study ................................................................... 100
3.17.2 As per IRC: 64-1990 Level of Service is defined ...................................... 102
List of Tables Table 3-1 Co-ordinates of Project site ............................................................................. 46
Table 3-2 Location Details, Period and Methodology of Baseline Data Generation ..... 47
Table 3-3 Land Use area details ....................................................................................... 51
Table 3-4 Meteorological Data (2019)............................................................................... 53
Table 3-5 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Location station ........................................... 57
Table 3-6 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Results (24-hour average) ........................... 60
Table 3-7 National Ambient Air Quality Standards and Methods of Measurement ...... 62
Table 3-8 Ambient Noise Quality Monitoring Locations ................................................. 66
Table 3-9 Ambient Noise Quality in the Study Area ........................................................ 66
Table 3-10 Applicable Noise Standards ........................................................................... 68
Table 3-11 Ground Water Sampling Locations ............................................................... 69
Table 3-12 Ground Water Quality in the Study Area ....................................................... 70
Table 3-13 Surface Water Sampling Locations ............................................................... 73
Table 3-14 Standard Water Quality Criteria ..................................................................... 73
Table 3-15 Surface Water Quality in Study Area ............................................................. 75
Table 3-16 Soil Sampling Locations ................................................................................ 79
Table 3-17 Physiochemical Characteristics of Soil ........................................................ 81
Table 3-18 List of Trees in the Study Area ...................................................................... 83
Table 3-19 List of Shrubs in the Study Area .................................................................... 84
Table 3-20 List of Herbs in the Study Area ...................................................................... 84
Table 3-21 List of Economically important Plant species in the Study Area ................ 85
Table 3-22 List of Mammals in the Study Area ................................................................ 85
Table 3-23 List of Domestic Animal in the Study Area ................................................... 86
Table 3-24 List of Birds in the Study Area ....................................................................... 86
Table 3-26 Location of Villages in 10 km ......................................................................... 91
Table 3-27 Population and Household details ................................................................ 92
Table 3-28 Sex Ratio of Population .................................................................................. 93
Table 3-29 Social Structure of the study area ................................................................. 94
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
P a g e | 45
Table 3-30 Literacy rate in the Study area ....................................................................... 96
Table 3-31 Occupational Pattern in the study area ......................................................... 99
Table 3-32 Interpretation of Traffic Study ...................................................................... 100
Table 3-33 Vehicle Type Equivalency according to IRC 064 ........................................ 100
Table 3-34 Interpretation of Traffic Study ...................................................................... 101
Table 3-35 Vehicle Type Equivalency according to IRC 064 ........................................ 102
List of Figures Figure 3-1 Location Map of Study Area 5 & 10 km radius .............................................. 48
Figure 3-2 Land Use Distribution of the Study Area (10 km Radius) ............................. 51
Figure 3-3 Land Use Breakup ........................................................................................... 52
Figure 3-4 Seismic Zone Map of Gujarat ......................................................................... 53
Figure 3-5 Wind Rose Diagram Blowing from NE to SW direction (during December
2020 to February 2021) ..................................................................................................... 55
Figure 3-6 Environment Monitoring Location Map ......................................................... 57
Figure 3-7 Graphical representation of PM10 concentration at different locations ..... 63
Figure 3-8 Graphical representation of PM2.5 concentration at different locations .... 63
Figure 3-9 Graphical representation of SO2 concentration at different locations ........ 64
Figure 3-10 Graphical representation of NO2 concentration at different locations ..... 64
Figure 3-11 Google Image showing Ambient Noise Monitoring Locations ................... 65
Figure 3-12 Graphical Representation of Day time Noise Level in the study area ....... 67
Figure 3-13 Graphical Representation of Night time Noise Level in the study area ..... 67
Figure 3-14 Google Image showing Ground Water Monitoring Locations .................... 69
Figure 3-15 Google Image showing Surface Water Monitoring Locations.................... 72
Figure 3-16 Google Image showing Soil Sampling Location ......................................... 79
Figure 3-17 Location of Villages in 10 km ....................................................................... 91
Figure 3-18 Sex Ratio in the Study Area .......................................................................... 93
Figure 3-19 Social Structure of the study area ............................................................... 95
Figure 3-20 Literacy rate in the Study Area ..................................................................... 95
Figure 3-21 Occupational Pattern of the study area ....................................................... 98
Figure 3-22 Traffic Survey location on Google Map. .................................................... 103
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
P a g e | 46
3 CHAPTER 3 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT
3.1 Introduction
The baseline environmental qualities of various environmental components like air, noise,
water, land, flora and fauna and socio-economic form an important and integral part of an EIA
study. The baseline data forms the basis for predicting/assessing the environmental impacts of
the proposed project. The baseline environmental quality is assessed through field surveys
within the impact zone as well as the secondary data for various components of the
environment, viz., air, noise, water, and land and socio-economics.
M/s. Sunrise Multi steel Pvt. Ltd. Iron & Steel Biilet and Round Bar at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1, at. Garida, Ta. Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621, Gujarat. Co-ordinates of the Project Site:
Table 3-1 Co-ordinates of Project site
Sr. No. Corners Latitude Longitude
1. A 22°30'09.44"N 71° 3'3.40"E
2. B 22°30'11.87"N 71° 3'0.27"E
3. C 22°30'14.96"N 71° 2'58.52"E
4. D 22°30'10.09"N 71° 2'59.54"E
5. E 22°30'12.54"N 71° 3'1.86"E
6. F 22°30'13.81"N 71° 3'2.53"E
7. G 22°30'13.64"N 71° 3'5.48"E
8. H 22°30'11.45"N 71° 3'5.95"E
9. I 22°30'10.11"N 71° 3'5.36"E
10. J 22°30'6.13"N 71° 3'6.07"E
11. K 22°30'10.09"N 71° 3'1.98"E
12. L 22°30'6.52"N 71° 3'0.76"E
13. M 22°30'6.28"N 71° 2'58.22"E
14. N 22°30'8.41"N 71° 2'57.43"E
The report presents the data collected during the sampling period of three months during winter
season from December 2020 to February 2021. Various environmental components were
monitored and samples were analysed.
The baseline quality of various components of the environment viz., air, noise, water, land,
biology, meteorological and socio- economic was assessed within the impact zone of about 10
km around the proposed site. Secondary data has also been incorporated from authentic
sources viz., Government/Non-Governmental Agencies, Universities, Indian Meteorological
Department (IMD), Ground Water Board etc. Various environmental components were
monitored and samples were analyzed.
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
P a g e | 47
3.2 Methodology
The methodology for conducting the baseline environmental survey has been obtained from
the guidelines provided in the “EIA Guidance Manual for Synthetic Organic Chemicals Industry”
issued by the Ministry of Environment Forest and Climate Change (MoEF&CC). Environmental
attributes and frequency of monitoring is given below in table:
Table 3-2 Location Details, Period and Methodology of Baseline Data Generation
Sr. No.
Attribute Parameters No. of
Sampling Locations
Frequency of Monitoring / Data
Collection
1 Meteorology Wind speed & direction, temperature, relative humidity, rainfall.
Project Site Data collected from IMD
2 Ambient Air
Quality
PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOX, CO, NH3, HC, Pb, Ozone, Benzene, Benzo (a) Pyrene, Arsenic, Nickel.
8
24 hourly samples twice a week. CO and O3 8 hourly samples twice a week.
3 Noise Levels Noise levels in dB(A) Leq 8
At least one day in a season for day time and night time on a working & nonworking day.
4 Surface Water
Quality
Physical, Chemical and Bacteriological Parameters including pH, Temperature, Turbidity, Magnesium Hardness, Total Alkalinity, Chloride, Sulphates, Fluoride, Salinity, DO, BOD, COD, Heavy Metals, Total Coliforms, Fecal Coliforms,
8 Once in a Monitoring Period.
5 Ground Water
Quality
Physical, Chemical and Bacteriological Parameters including pH, Temperature, Turbidity, Magnesium Hardness, Total Alkalinity, Chloride, Sulphates, Fluoride, Salinity, DO, Heavy Metals, Total Coliforms, Fecal Coliforms,
7 Once in a Monitoring
Period.
6 Biological
Environment Existing Flora and Fauna. Study Area
Through field visits and substantiated through secondary data sources.
7 Soil
Characteristics
Physical, Chemical and Biological parameters to assess agricultural and
8 Once in a Monitoring Period.
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
P a g e | 48
Sr. No.
Attribute Parameters No. of
Sampling Locations
Frequency of Monitoring / Data
Collection
afforestation potential including pH, Permeability, Electrical Conductivity, Nitrites, Phosphates, TPH, Fluorides, Heavy Metals, SAR, Total Hydrocarbons and Cation Exchange Capacity.
8 Land Use / Land Cover
Land use for different land use Classifications.
Study Area
Land use / Land Cover Analysis using satellite imaging and GIS Technique
9 Socio-
Economic Environment
Socio-economic characteristics, labor force characteristics, population statistics proposed amenities in the study area and quality of life.
Study Area Based on field survey and data collected from Census of India
(Source: Google Earth Image)
Figure 3-1 Location Map of Study Area 5 & 10 km radius
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
P a g e | 49
3.3 Geology
Morbi is a City in Morbi district in the Indian state of Gujarat. It is situated on the Kathiawar
peninsula. The town of Morbi is on the Machhu River, 35 km (22 mi) from the sea and 60 km
(37 mi) from Rajkot. Geographically Morbi District lies on the Southern part of Gujarat, which
comes from 22.30‟ to 23.18‟ degree latitude at the Northern side and 72.32‟ to 73.37‟ degree
Longitude at Eastern side. Morbi city is the administrative headquarters of the district. The district
has 5 talukas – Morbi, Maliya, Tankara, Wankaner (previously in Rajkot district) and Halvad
(previously in Surendranagar district).
The Major rivers flowing through area are Bhadar, Aji, Machhu, Demai and their tributaries.
Some other small streams are Phulki, Jhinjhora and Ghodadroi. All the rivers, except the
Bhadar, have very small catchments and are ephemeral in nature.
3.4 Geomorphology and soil type
The northern part of the district bordering the Rann of Kachchh and comprising mainly the
Malia taluka, is monotonous alluvial plain country. The topography is mainly rugged and
undulating because of the underlying sandstone formations. The topography in these parts in
intersected by ridges form by sandstone and intrusive dykes. Further south, the main
underlying rock type is Deccan Trap basalt giving rise to rugged and rolling topography
intersected by ridges formed by the dykes. Some of these ridges are as high as 300m AMSL.
The most prominent ridge is situated along the northern boundary of the Bhadar River and runs
along the basaltic dyke locally known as Sardhar Dyke. The elevations range from almost sea
level to more than 300 m AMSL. The soils found in the district are mostly of Inceptisol and
Entisol order and of Othids, Ochrepts, Orthents, Fluvents, Psamments and Aquepts suborder.
In Morbi the soils are of clayey loam to clay type. They are moderately deep to deep and vary
in colour from very dark brown to very dark greyish brown and reddish brown. The EC of the
soils is generally less than 1.0 mmhos/cm and cation exchange capacity is between 40 and 60
me/100 gm of soil.
3.5 Hydrogeology
Hydrogeologically the district can be broadly divided into three i.e Dhrangadhra Sandstone of
Cretaceous period, Deccan Trap basalt and alluvium (Figure.5).
Dhrangadhra Sandstone:
This is the oldest water bearing formations in the district. It occupies area in the north-eastern
part comprising parts of Wankaner and Morvi talukas in continuity with the sandstone
exposures in the adjoining Surendranagar taluka. Few sandstone inliers are also seen within
the overlying basalt. The sandstone is poorly permeable in general but moderate to high
permeability may be observed along the bedding planes and fractures. Exploratory drilling in
this formation has revealed that persistent carbonaceous shale; inter-bedded with medium to
coarse-grained sandstone, occur at depths varying between 83 and 220 m. This shale horizon
forms an important marker from the groundwater point of view as the groundwater is generally
potable to brackish above it whereas as it is saline below. The groundwater in this formation
occurs under phreatic to confined conditions. Exploitation of groundwater in areas underlain by
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
P a g e | 50
Dhrangadhra Sandstone is through dug well, dug-cum-bored wells and tubewells. The depth of
dug wells generally range from 10 to 40 m. The tubewells and bores in the dugcum-bored wells
are generally drilled down to 80 to 200 m bgl depending on the occurrence of shale horizon as
discussed above. The yields of dug wells range between 30 and 120 m3/day.
Deccan Trap:
Deccan trap occupies a major part of and forms the most important aquifer system. It generally
forms a poor aquifer due to compactness and poor primary porosity. However, the upper
weathered parts, which at places are up to 20 m thick, form good aquifer in the district. At
deeper levels, the secondary porosity developed as a result of tectonic activities, in the form of
joints, and fractures, shear zones, form repository of groundwater at many places. The dykes,
particularly in the southern part of the district, play an important role in occurrence and
movement of groundwater. At places, the dykes are highly weathered and themselves form
potential aquifers. At other places where the dykes are more compact, they act as subsurface
barrier for the groundwater flow and well-constructed upstream of these dykes have yield good
yields. The groundwater in Deccan trap occurs under phreatic to confined conditions. The
groundwater is generally tapped through dug wells varying in depth from 10 to 50 m. At places,
dug-cum-bored wells are also constructing bores below the bottom of dug wells. The yield of
dug wells and dug-cum-bored wells generally range from 20 to 100 m3/day.
Alluvium:
The fluvio-marine alluvium of Upper Tertiary to Quaternary age occupy area in the northern
parts of district Morvi taluka. It mainly consists of clay, clayey sand, silt and gravel. The
alluvium in the district generally forms a poor aquifer due to predominance of argillaceous
material. The groundwater development in this formation is limited due to poor quality.
Groundwater in this formation occurs under phreatic and confined conditions. It is exploited
through dug wells ranging in depth from 3 to 20 m. The yields of wells range between 20 and
80 m3/day.
3.6 Land Use
Land use, in general, reflects the human beings activities on land, whereas the word land cover
indicates the vegetation, agricultural and artificial manmade structures covering the land
surfaces. Identification and periodic surveillance of land uses and vegetation covers, in the
vicinity of any developmental activity is one of the most important components for an
environmental impact assessment, which would help determine the impact of the project
development activity on the land use pattern.
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
P a g e | 51
Figure 3-2 Land Use Distribution of the Study Area (10 km Radius)
Table 3-3 Land Use area details
S.No Category Area in Sq m Area in %
1 Agricultural Land Crop Land 188101678 56.3
2 Barren land Bare exposed Rock 69159942 20.7
3 Build Up Land Residential 54459278 16.3
4 Build Up Land Transportation 4877948 1.46
5 Water Body Reservoir 1804172 0.54
6 Water Body Stream 15702982 4.7
Total 334106000 100
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
P a g e | 52
Figure 3-3 Land Use Breakup
3.7 Drainage Pattern
The area is under the influence of the River Machhu being the main recharging source &
controlling the drainage pattern. The study area lies near the basin of this river. Overall the
drainage pattern of the area is dendritic. The Geohydrological investigation work carried out in &
around the study area reveals that the area is covered with thick layer of alluvial. These alluvial
deposits formed by river Machhu are composed of argillaceous & arenaceous material.
3.8 Seismicity of the Study Area
(Project site) is located in Zone IV of the Bureau of institute of seismological Research (ISR)
2011, seismic zone map for India. This zone is called the High Damage Risk Zone and covers
areas liable to MSK VIII. The IS code assigns a zone factor of 0.24 for Zone 4.
Zone IV is defined as having a maximum intensity expected of around MSK VIII. This zone is
second in severity to zone V (the highest). Zone IV is also referred to as the high damage risk
zone. MSK VIII is defined as “Many people find it difficult to stand, even outdoors. Furniture
may be overturned. Waves may be seen on very soft ground. Older structures partially collapse
or sustain considerable damage. Large cracks and fissures opening up, rock falls”
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
P a g e | 53
(Source: https://isr.gujarat.gov.in/)
Figure 3-4 Seismic Zone Map of Gujarat
3.9 Meteorology
Micro meteorological data within the study area, during air quality survey period. Meteorological
data recorded during the monitoring period is very useful for proper interpretation of the
baseline information as well as for the input to the predictive air pollutants dispersion models.
Historical data on meteorological parameters will also play an important role in identifying the
general meteorological status of the region. Site specific data can be compared with the
historical data in order to identify changes, which may have taken place due to the rapid
industrialization in the area.
The micro-meteorological parameters regulate the transport and diffusion of pollutants released
into the atmosphere. The principle variables which affect the micrometeorology are horizontal
connective transport (average wind speed and direction), vertical connective transport
(atmospheric stability and inversion conditions) and topography of the area.
The year may broadly be divided into four seasons.
Winter season : December to February
Pre-monsoon season : March to May
Monsoon season : June to September
Post Monsoon season : October to November
Table 3-4 Meteorological Data (2019)
Month
Maximum
temperature
Minimum
temperature
Average
temperature
Average
Humidity
(%)
Wind
Speed
Kmph
Average
Rainfall
(mm) (Deg. C) (Deg. C) (Deg. C)
January 28 18 24 30 13.9 0.0
February 29 20 25 34 15.7 0
March 34 24 30 30 16.5 0
April 39 28 35 31 19.7 0
May 39 28 35 41 22.7 0
June 37 29 34 54 24.3 98.5
July 33 27 30 66 25.4 182.0
August 30 25 28 78 21.6 1303.9
September 30 25 28 82 14.2 586.4
October 33 26 30 54 14.3 0
November 32 25 29 46 11.2 0
December 29 19 25 35 15.4 0
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
P a g e | 54
(Source: worldweatheronline.com)
Observation on Meteorology: The meteorological parameters play a vital role in transport and
dispersion of pollutants in the atmosphere.
3.9.1 Met Data Generated at Site
Site specific climatic condition refers to weather conditions comprising of temperature, relative
humidity, wind speed, rainfall, cloud cover etc. This determines the baseline conditions and
probable impacts on environmental parameters with respect to the Project. The site-specific
climatic conditions are given below in below table:
Ambient Temperature:
Monthly variations of monthly highest and monthly lowest temperature recorded are as
followed:
Ambient Temperature
Temperature (°C)
December, 2020 January, 2021 February, 2021
Maximum 30 29 33
Minimum 19 16 19
Average 26 24 28
Precipitation:
Month Average Precipitation (mm)
Average
December, 2020 0
January, 2021 0
February, 2021 0
Humidity:
Month Humidity (%)
Average
December, 2020 30
January, 2021 31
February, 2021 31
Wind Speed
Month Wind Speed (km/hr)
Maximum Minimum Average
December, 2020 16.4 Calm 13.2
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
P a g e | 55
January, 2021 16.7 Calm 13.8
February, 2021 17.1 Calm 12.4
(Source: https://www.timeanddate.com/weather/)
Wind Rose
Wind blowing from NE to SW direction (during December 2020 to February 2021)
Figure 3-5 Wind Rose Diagram Blowing from NE to SW direction
(During December 2020 to February 2021)
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
P a g e | 56
3.10 Ambient Air Quality
3.10.1 Reconnaissance
The quality of ambient air depends upon the background concentrations of specific
contaminants, the emission sources and meteorological conditions. The study on baseline
ambient air quality status in the project area is an essential and primary requirement for
assessing the impacts on air environment due to any proposed developmental activity.
The baseline studies on air environment include identification of specific air pollution
parameters expected to have significant impacts and assessing their existing levels in ambient
air within the impact zone. To assess the baseline status of ambient air quality in the study
area, monitoring is undertaken to ascertain the baseline pollutant concentrations in ambient air.
3.10.2 Methodology for Air Monitoring:
AAQM was carried out and AAQM locations were monitored on 24 hourly average bases twice
in a week as per guidelines of CPCB and NAAQS. The conventional and project specific
parameters such as particulate matter PM10 (size less than 10 µm), particulate matter PM2.5
(size less than 2.5µm), Sulphur Dioxide (SO2) & Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx) were monitored.
3.10.3 Selection of Stations for Sampling:
Depending upon the purpose of the study IS: 5184 (part XIV) lays down various criteria for
selection of sampling stations. For EIA/ EMP, the purpose is to ascertain the baseline pollutant
concentrations in ambient air. Accordingly, the criterion can be selected to ascertain quality of
air on human settlements or environmentally sensitive areas if any located in the 10 km radius
study area.
The locations for AAQM study were selected within the 10 km radius of the proposed plant
installation. Ambient air quality was monitored on 8 locations to generate representative
ambient air quality data.
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
P a g e | 57
(Source: Google Earth Image)
Figure 3-6 Environment Monitoring Location Map
Table 3-5 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Location station
Sr. No
Location No.
Location Justificatio
n Distance
, KM Direction Coordinates
1. AAQ-1 Project
Site - - - 22°30'12.05"N 71° 3'1.79"E
2. AAQ-2 Holmadh Lateral 2.19 W 22°29'56.15"N 71° 1'48.96"E
3. AAQ-3 Jalsika Cross Wind 7.42 WSW 22°29'3.09"N 70°58'59.29"E
4. AAQ-4 Jalida Down Wind 5.19 SSW 22°27'40.32"N 71° 2'1.30"E
5. AAQ-5 Vasundh
ara Down Wind 7.18 SW 22°27'22.79"N 71° 0'9.70"E
6. AAQ-6 Sarodi Up Wind 5.09 NE 22°32'19.16"N 71° 4'52.96"E
7. AAQ-7 Jodhpar Cross Wind 6.55 NW 22°32'22.91"N 71° 0'6.59"E
8. AAQ-8 Shekhedi Up wind 5.99 N 22°33'24.35"N 71° 3'4.78"E (Source: Monitoring during study period, GCI)
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,17,600 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m
2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
60 | P a g e
Table 3-6 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Results (24-hour average)
Locations PM 10
(µg/m3) PM 2.5
(µg/m3) SO2
(µg/m3) NO2
(µg/m3) CO
(mg/m3) NH3
(µg/m3) Pb
(µg/m3) O3
(µg/m3) C6H6
(µg/m3) As
(ng/m3) Ni
(ng/m3) B(a)P
(ng/m3)
AAQ1
Maximum 70.6 22.6 6.2 10.0 <0.5 <20 <0.01 <20 <3.0 <5 <1.0 <0.01
Minimum 58.5 18.7 5.2 8.3 <0.5 <20 <0.01 <20 <3.0 <5 <1.0 <0.01
Average 65.8 21.1 5.8 9.3 <0.5 <20 <0.01 <20 <3.0 <5 <1.0 <0.01
98percentile 69.8 22.4 6.1 9.9 <0.5 <20 <0.01 <20 <3.0 <5 <1.0 <0.01
AAQ2
Maximum 73.4 24.1 6.7 10.6 <0.5 <20 <0.01 <20 <3.0 <5 <1.0 <0.01
Minimum 60.3 19.8 5.5 8.8 <0.5 <20 <0.01 <20 <3.0 <5 <1.0 <0.01
Average 67.9 22.3 6.2 9.9 <0.5 <20 <0.01 <20 <3.0 <5 <1.0 <0.01
98percentile 72.6 23.8 6.6 10.5 <0.5 <20 <0.01 <20 <3.0 <5 <1.0 <0.01
AAQ3
Maximum 70.1 21.7 6.8 10.9 <0.5 <20 <0.01 <20 <3.0 <5 <1.0 <0.01
Minimum 57.6 17.9 5.6 8.9 <0.5 <20 <0.01 <20 <3.0 <5 <1.0 <0.01
Average 64.8 20.1 6.3 10.0 <0.5 <20 <0.01 <20 <3.0 <5 <1.0 <0.01
98percentile 69.4 21.5 6.7 10.8 <0.5 <20 <0.01 <20 <3.0 <5 <1.0 <0.01
AAQ4
Maximum 81.0 25.9 7.2 11.5 <0.5 <20 <0.01 <20 <3.0 <5 <1.0 <0.01
Minimum 66.6 21.3 5.9 9.4 <0.5 <20 <0.01 <20 <3.0 <5 <1.0 <0.01
Average 75.0 24.0 6.6 10.6 <0.5 <20 <0.01 <20 <3.0 <5 <1.0 <0.01
98percentile 80.2 25.4 7.0 11.2 <0.5 <20 <0.01 <20 <3.0 <5 <1.0 <0.01
AAQ5
Maximum 83.2 27.5 7.6 12.1 <0.5 <20 <0.01 <20 <3.0 <5 <1.0 <0.01
Minimum 68.4 22.6 6.2 10.0 <0.5 <20 <0.01 <20 <3.0 <5 <1.0 <0.01
Average 77.0 25.4 7.0 11.2 <0.5 <20 <0.01 <20 <3.0 <5 <1.0 <0.01
98percentile 82.4 27.2 7.5 12.0 <0.5 <20 <0.01 <20 <3.0 <5 <1.0 <0.01
AAQ6
Maximum 65.7 20.4 5.6 9.0 <0.5 <20 <0.01 <20 <3.0 <5 <1.0 <0.01
Minimum 54.0 16.7 4.6 7.4 <0.5 <20 <0.01 <20 <3.0 <5 <1.0 <0.01
Average 60.8 18.8 5.2 8.3 <0.5 <20 <0.01 <20 <3.0 <5 <1.0 <0.01
98percentile 65.0 20.2 5.5 8.9 <0.5 <20 <0.01 <20 <3.0 <5 <1.0 <0.01
AAQ7
Maximum 67.0 20.8 5.7 9.2 <0.5 <20 <0.01 <20 <3.0 <5 <1.0 <0.01
Minimum 55.1 17.1 4.7 7.5 <0.5 <20 <0.01 <20 <3.0 <5 <1.0 <0.01
Average 62.0 19.2 5.3 8.5 <0.5 <20 <0.01 <20 <3.0 <5 <1.0 <0.01
98percentile 65.7 20.4 5.6 9.0 <0.5 <20 <0.01 <20 <3.0 <5 <1.0 <0.01
AAQ8
Maximum 67.9 22.4 6.2 9.9 <0.5 <20 <0.01 <20 <3.0 <5 <1.0 <0.01
Minimum 55.8 18.4 5.1 8.1 <0.5 <20 <0.01 <20 <3.0 <5 <1.0 <0.01
Average 62.8 20.7 5.7 9.2 <0.5 <20 <0.01 <20 <3.0 <5 <1.0 <0.01
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,17,600 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m
2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
61 | P a g e
Locations PM 10
(µg/m3) PM 2.5
(µg/m3) SO2
(µg/m3) NO2
(µg/m3) CO
(mg/m3) NH3
(µg/m3) Pb
(µg/m3) O3
(µg/m3) C6H6
(µg/m3) As
(ng/m3) Ni
(ng/m3) B(a)P
(ng/m3)
98percentile 67.2 22.2 6.1 9.8 <0.5 <20 <0.01 <20 <3.0 <5 <1.0 <0.01
(Source: Analysis GCI)
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,17,600 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m
2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 &
70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
62 | P a g e
Table 3-7 National Ambient Air Quality Standards and Methods of Measurement
Sr. No.
Pollutants Time
Weighted Average
National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS)
Industrial, Residential,
Rural and other area
Ecologically Sensitive Area
Methods of measurement
1. SO2 (µg/m3) 24 hours 80 80 Improved West and
Gaeke Method.
2. NO2 (µg/m3) 24 hours 80 80 Modified Jacob &
Hochheiser (Sodium Arsenite).
3. PM10 (µg/m3) 24 hours 100 100 Gravimetric Method
4. PM2.5 (µg/m3) 24 hours 60 60 Gravimetric Method
5. CO (mg/m3) 8 hours 2 2 Non Dispersive Infra-
Red Spectroscopy
6. Ammonia (µg/m3)
24 hours 400 400 Indophenols Blue
Method
7. Ozone (µg/m3) 8 hours 100 100 UV Photometric
Chemical Method
8. Lead (µg/m3) 24 hours 1.0 1.0 AAS
9. Arsenic (ng/m3) Annual 6.0 6.0 AAS
10. Nickel (ng/m3) Annual 20.0 20.0 AAS
11. Benzene (µg/m3) Annual 5.0 5.0 Gas Chromatography
12. Benzo (a)
Pyrene (ng/m3) Annual 1.0 1.0 Gas Chromatography
(Source: http://cpcb.nic.in/National_Ambient_Air_Quality_Standards.php)
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,17,600 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m
2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 &
70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
63 | P a g e
3.10.4 Observations on Ambient Quality
3.10.4.1 Particulate Matter (PM10)
PM10 levels were ranging from 54 to 83.2 µg/m3. The highest PM10 level was found at
Vasundhara, due to wind-blown dust from open lands and lowest PM10 level were observed at
Sarodi. PM10 concentration was within the NAAQS level (i.e.100 µg/m3) at all locations.
(Source: Analysis GCI)
Figure 3-7 Graphical representation of PM10 concentration at different locations
3.10.4.2 Particulate Matter (PM2.5)
PM2.5 levels were ranging from 16.2 to 27.5 µg/m3. The highest PM2 level was found at
Vasundhara due to wind-blown dust from open lands and lowest PM2.5 level was observed at
Sarodi. PM2.5 concentration was found within the NAAQS level (i.e.60 µg/m3) at all the locations.
(Source: Analysis GCI)
Figure 3-8 Graphical representation of PM2.5 concentration at different locations
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,17,600 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m
2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 &
70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
64 | P a g e
3.10.4.3 Sulphur Dioxide (SO2)
SO2 levels were ranging from 4.6 to 7.6 µg/m3. The highest SO2 level was found at Vasundhara
lowest SO2 level was observed at Sarodi. The SO2 level in all the monitoring locations is within
permissible limit i.e. NAAQS level 80µg/m3.
(Source: Analysis GCI)
Figure 3-9 Graphical representation of SO2 concentration at different locations
3.10.4.4 Oxides of Nitrogen (NOX)
NOX levels were found ranging from 7.4 to 12.1 µg/m3. The highest NOX level were found at
Vasundhara lowest NOX level were observed at Sarodi. The NO2 level in all monitoring locations
was under permissible limit i.e. NAAQS level 80 µg/m3.
(Source: Analysis GCI)
Figure 3-10 Graphical representation of NOX concentration at different locations
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,17,600 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m
2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 &
70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
65 | P a g e
3.11 Noise Environment
Noise can be defined as an unwanted sound. The definition of noise as unwanted sound implies that it has an adverse effect on human beings and their environment. Noise can also disturb natural wildlife and ecological system.
The objective of the noise pollution survey in the study area was to identify existing noise sources and to measure background noise levels. The collection of baseline noise environment data included following steps:
3.11.1 Reconnaissance
In order to measure the existing noise sources and to identify the background noise levels, the noise pollution survey around the proposed site was carried out. The collection of baseline noise environment data included identification of noise sources and to measure background noise levels due to transportation and other local activity.
3.11.2 Methodology for Noise Monitoring
Noise standards have been designated as per the Noise pollution (Regulation & Control) Rules, 2000 Notified by Ministry of Environment and Forests, New Delhi, February 14, 2000. The ambient noise standards are presented in Equivalent noise levels (Leq.) have been measured one day in season during study period. The measurements were carried out at each monitoring location during day time and night time.
3.11.3 Noise Monitoring Locations
A total of 8 locations were identified for ambient noise monitoring in the study area. The noise
monitoring locations are given below
(Source: Google Image)
Figure 3-11 Google Image showing Ambient Noise Monitoring Locations
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,17,600 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m
2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 &
70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
66 | P a g e
Table 3-8 Ambient Noise Quality Monitoring Locations
(Source: Monitoring during study period, GCI)
Table 3-9 Ambient Noise Quality in the Study Area
Location
name Zone Units
Day Time Night Time
Result
CPCB
Permissible
Limit
Result
CPCB
Permissible
Limit
Project site Industrial dB(A) Leq 62.2 75 44.6 70
Holmadh Residential dB(A) Leq 52.2 55 42.1 45
Jalsika Residential dB(A) Leq 51.1 55 40.5 45
Jalida Residential dB(A) Leq 52.4 55 40.2 45
Vasundhara Residential dB(A) Leq 50.8 55 37.6 45
Sarodi Residential dB(A) Leq 51.5 55 38.9 45
Jodhpar Residential dB(A) Leq 54.2 55 42.6 45
Shekhedi Residential dB(A) Leq 53.6 55 41.7 45
(Source: Monitoring during Study period by GCI)
3.11.4 Observation and Discussions
3.11.4.1 Day Time
The noise levels varied in the study area during day time from 62.2 dB (A) Leq at Project Site to 50.8 Leq dB(A) at Vasundhara.
Sr.
No. Location Position Distance Direction Coordinates
N1 Project site - - - 22°30'12.72"N, 71° 3'2.64"E
N2 Holmadh Village 2.19 W 22°29'55.33"N, 71° 1'48.37"E
N3 Jalsika Village 7.42 WSW 22°29'3.20"N, 70°58'59.30"E
N4 Jalida Village 5.19 SSW 22°27'40.63"N, 71° 2'1.24"E
N5 Vasundhara Village 7.18 SW 22°27'22.79"N, 71° 0'9.94"E
N6 Sarodi Village 5.09 NE 22°32'19.29"N, 71° 4'52.91"E
N7 Jodhpar Village 6.55 NW 22°32'24.37"N, 71° 0'4.43"E
N8 Shekhedi Village 5.99 N 22°33'24.83"N, 71° 3'4.93"E
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,17,600 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m
2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 &
70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
67 | P a g e
(Source: Monitoring GCI)
Figure 3-12 Graphical Representation of Day time Noise Level in the study area
3.11.4.2 Night Time
The night time noise level in the study area is in the range of 44.6dB (A) Leq at Project Site to
37.6 Leq dB (A) at Vasundhara. The night time noise was also within stipulated standards of
CPCB.
(Source: Monitoring GCI)
Figure 3-13 Graphical Representation of Night time Noise Level in the study area
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,17,600 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m
2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 &
70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
68 | P a g e
Table 3-10 Applicable Noise Standards
Area Code Category of Area Limit in dB (A) Leq
Day Time Night Time
A Industrial area 75 70
B Commercial area 65 55
C Residential area 55 45
D Silence zone 50 40 (Source: Noise Pollution Rules, 2000)
Note:
Day time is reckoned in between 6 am and 10 pm.
Night time reckoned in between 10 pm and 6 am.
Silence zone is defined as areas up to 100 meters around such premises as hospitals,
education, institutions and courts. The silence zones are to be declared by the Component
Authority.
Mixed categories of areas should be declared as one of the four above-mentioned
categories by the Component Authority and the corresponding standard shall apply.
3.12 Ground Water Quality
3.12.1 Reconnaissance Survey
Reconnaissance survey has been done for water quality monitoring in the study area. The
baseline water quality of ground water/surface water in the region is obtained by collecting
sample from villages in the area considering the 10 km radius for the baseline study.
3.12.2 Methodology of Monitoring
In order to establish the baseline water quality, ground water and surface water sampling
locations were selected based on availability, following standard norms and requirement.
Ground water samples were collected from the identified hand pumps and bore wells for the
characterization of water quality. Selection of surface water sampling locations has been
considered as per the utilization pattern of the villagers for domestic/ drinking purposes.
The samples collected were preserved, stored and analyzed as per standard methods of
Analysis of Water and Waste Water (APHA, 2017).
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,17,600 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m
2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 &
70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
69 | P a g e
3.12.3 Ground Water Quality
Ground water samples were collected from 7 locations during the study period and analyzed for
a number of physio-chemical parameters.
(Source: Google Earth Image)
Figure 3-14 Google Image showing Ground Water Monitoring Locations
Table 3-11 Ground Water Sampling Locations
Location Code
Name of Location
Source Distance Coordinates
GW -1 Holmadh Tap Water 2.19 22°29'56.62"N 71° 1'48.88"E
GW -2 Jalsika Tap Water 7.42 22°29'3.08"N 70°58'59.30"E
GW -3 Jalida Tap Water 5.19 22°27'40.52"N 71° 2'1.28"E
GW -4 Vasundhara Tap Water 7.18 22°27'22.70"N 71° 0'9.61"E
GW -5 Sarodi Tap Water 5.09 22°32'19.10"N 71° 4'52.84"E
GW -6 Jodhpar Tap Water 6.55 22°32'22.88"N 71° 0'6.78"E
GW -7 Shekhedi Tap Water 5.99 22°33'24.16"N 71° 3'4.82"E (Source: Analysis during study period, GCI)
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,17,600 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m
2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
70 | P a g e
Table 3-12 Ground Water Quality in the Study Area
Sr. No.
Parameter Units Result Permissible
Limit as Per IS 10500:2012
Reference Method
Sample Identification GW1 GW2 GW3 GW4 GW5 GW6 GW7
1. pH --- 7.3 7.8 7.1 6.8 6.9 7.1 7.8 6.5-8.5 APHA 4500 H+
2. Conductivity µs/cm
980 890 1150 880 1110 1020 648 - APHA 2510
3. Turbidity NTU <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 5 APHA 2130
4. Color Haze
n <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 15 APHA 2120
5. Odor - Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeabl
e Agreeable APHA 2150
6. Total Dissolved Solid
mg/L 645 575 785 640 725 675 740 2000 APHA 2540 C
7. Total Suspended Solid
mg/L <2 <2 <2 <2 <2 <2 <2 - APHA 2540 B
8. Sulphate mg/L 42.6 35.2 41.5 38.6 55 40.6 34.5 400 APHA 4500- SO42-
9. Chloride mg/L 160 152 150 145 142 152 168 1000 APHA 4500 - Cl-
10. Total Hardness mg/L 398 295 365 412 406 418 468 600 APHA 2340
11. Calcium as Ca mg/L 82 69 88 102 94 110 110 200 APHA -3500 Ca
12. Magnesium Mg mg/L 46.9 29.9 35.2 38.4 41.6 34.7 46.9 100 APHA 3500-Mg
13. Alkalinity mg/L 72 54 68 74 82 84 96 600 APHA 2320
14. Copper mg/L <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 1.5 APHA 3500-Cu
15. Zinc mg/L <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 15 APHA 3500-Zn
16. Iron mg/L <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 0.3 APHA 3500-Fe
17. Lead mg/L <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.01 APHA 3500-Pb
18. Nickel mg/L <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 0.02 APHA 3500-Ni
19. Cadmium mg/L <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 0.003 APHA 3500-C
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,17,600 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m
2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
71 | P a g e
Sr. No.
Parameter Units Result Permissible
Limit as Per IS 10500:2012
Reference Method
20. Calcium Hardness as CaCO3
mg/L 205 172 220 254 235 275 275 - APHA 3500-Ca
21. Magnesium Hardness as CaCO3
mg/L 193 123 145 158 171 143 193 - APHA 3500-Mg
22. Phenolic compound
mg/L <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 0.002 APHA 5530
23. Fluoride mg/L <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 1.5 APHA 4500-F- (Source: Water Analysis during study period)
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,17,600 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m
2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 &
70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
72 | P a g e
3.12.4 Observation of ground water monitoring results
All the samples were colorless meeting desirable norms (<5 Hazen). All the samples meet the
desirable standards (pH ranges from 6.8 to 7.8). TDS in samples ranges from 575 mg/L to 785
mg/L. All the samples meet the permissible limit of 2000 mg/L. Total Hardness in the water
ranges from 295 mg/L to 468 mg/L. All the samples meet the permissible limit of 600 mg/L.
Calcium content in the water ranges from 69 mg/L to 110 mg/L, all the samples meet the
permissible limit of 200 mg/L. Magnesium content in the water ranges from 29.9 mg/L to 46.9
mg/L.
Total alkalinity in the water samples ranges from 72 mg/L to 96 mg/L. All the samples are within
the permissible limit of drinking water (600 mg/L). Chlorides range from 142 mg/L to 168 mg/L,
which are below permissible limits (1000 mg/L). Heavy metals like Copper, Nickel, Cadmium
and Zinc are well below the limit in all samples.
Hence, it can be observed that ground water qualities in terms of various essential and
desirable characteristics are found within the limits specified by IS 10500:2012 so the water is
suitable for drinking purpose.
3.13 Surface Water Quality
Surface water samples were collected from 8 locations during the study period and analyzed
for a number of physio-chemical parameters.
(Source: Google Image)
Figure 3-15 Google Image showing Surface Water Monitoring Locations
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,17,600 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m
2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 &
70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
73 | P a g e
Table 3-13 Surface Water Sampling Locations
Location Code
Name of Location Source
Distance Direction Coordinates
SW -1 Garida Pond 1.58 SW 22°29'32.88"N,
71° 2'28.59"E
SW -2 Machhu River ( Upstream )
River 4.62 NW 22°31'53.21"N, 71° 1'4.55"E
SW-3 Machhu River
( Downstream ) River 4.68 W 22°29'52.16"N,
71° 0'16.13"E
SW-4 Rangpar Lake 6.93 SE 22°27'19.79"N,
71° 5'36.55"E
SW-5 Rampara Lake 5.85 ENE 22°31'48.72"N,
71° 6'5.76"E
SW-6 Daladi Pond 9.45 N 22°35'12.59"N,
71° 4'4.14"E
SW-7 Holmadh Pond 3.96 WSW 22°29'41.61"N,
71° 0'58.21"E
SW-8 Rupavati Canal 7.76 SW 22°27'29.91"N,
70°59'41.65"E (Source: Analysis during study period, GCI)
Table 3-14 Standard Water Quality Criteria
Class of Water
Designated best use Criteria
A
Drinking Water Source without conventional treatment but after
disinfection
Total Coliforms Organism MPN/100ml shall be 50 or less
pH between 6.5 and 8.5
Dissolved Oxygen 6mg/l or more
Biochemical Oxygen Demand 5 days 20°C 2mg/l or less
B Outdoor bathing
(Organized)
Total Coliforms Organism MPN/100ml shall be 500 or less
pH between 6.5 and 8.5
Dissolved Oxygen 5mg/l or more
Biochemical Oxygen Demand 5 days 20°C 3mg/l or less
C
Drinking water source after conventional
treatment and disinfection
Total Coliforms Organism MPN/100ml shall be 5000 or less
pH between 6 to 9
Dissolved Oxygen 4mg/l or more
Biochemical Oxygen Demand 5 days 20°C 3mg/l or less
D Propagation of Wild life
and Fisheries
pH between 6.5 to 8.5
Dissolved Oxygen 4mg/l or more
Free Ammonia (as N) 1.2 mg/l or less
E Irrigation, Industrial Cooling, Controlled
Waste disposal
pH between 6.0 to 8.5
Electrical Conductivity at 25°C micro mhos/cm Max.2250
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,17,600 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m
2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 &
70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
74 | P a g e
Class of Water
Designated best use Criteria
Sodium absorption Ratio Max. 26
Boron Max. 2 mg/L
(Source: http://cpcb.nic.in/Water_Quality_Criteria.php
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,17,600 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m
2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
75 | P a g e
Table 3-15 Surface Water Quality in Study Area
Sr.
No
.
Parameter Unit Result Reference
Method
Sample Identification SW1 SW2 SW3 SW4 SW5 SW6 SW7 SW8
1. pH --- 7.2 7.4 7.1 6.8 6.9 7.1 7.2 7.3 APHA 4500
H+
2. Conductivity µS/cm 748 680 469 770 580 520 630 550 APHA 2510
3. Turbidity NTU <2 <2 <2 <2 <2 <2 <2 <2 APHA 2130
4. Color Hazen <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 APHA 2120
5. Odor - Agreea
ble Agreeabl
e Agreeabl
e Agreeabl
e Agreeabl
e Agreeabl
e Agreeabl
e Agreeable APHA 2150
6. Total Dissolved Solid
mg/L 355 328 352 375 320 255 330 270 APHA 2540 C
7. Total Suspended Solid
mg/L 12 14 16 18 20 16 18 16 APHA 2540 B
8. Sulphate mg/L 10.5 15.5 15.2 12.5 14.2 14 12 13 APHA 4500- SO4
2-
9. Chloride mg/L 85 92 80 110 142 85 90 78 APHA 4500 -
Cl-
10. Total Hardness
mg/L 226 205 185 230 140 148 220 150 APHA 2340
11. Calcium as Ca
mg/L 60.0 44.0 48.0 58.0 34.0 46.0 66.0 48.0 APHA -3500
Ca
12. Magnesium Mg
mg/L 18.5 23.1 15.8 20.7 13.4 8.0 13.4 7.3 APHA 3500-
Mg
13. Alkalinity mg/L 172 156 162 248 232 268 284 294 APHA 2320
14. Copper mg/L <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 APHA 3500-
Cu
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,17,600 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m
2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
76 | P a g e
Sr.
No
.
Parameter Unit Result Reference
Method
Sample Identification SW1 SW2 SW3 SW4 SW5 SW6 SW7 SW8
15. Zinc mg/L <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 APHA 3500-
Zn
16. Iron mg/L <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 APHA 3500-
Fe
17. Lead mg/L <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 APHA 3500-
Pb
18. Nickel mg/L <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 APHA 3500-
Ni
19. Cadmium mg/L <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 APHA 3500-C
20. Total
Coliform
MPN/10
0 ml 210 170 220 220 130 240 210 220 APHA 9221 B
21. Fecal
Coliform
MPN/
100 ml 84 70 84 79 63 94 84 79 APHA 9221 E
22. E. Coli MPN/
100 ml 11 14 13 15 15 12 15 20 APHA 9221 F
23.
Calcium
Hardness as
CaCO3
mg/L 150 110 120 145 85 115 165 120 APHA 3500-
Ca
24.
Magnesium
Hardness as
CaCO3
mg/L 76 95 65 85 55 33 55 30 APHA 3500-
Mg
25. Phenol mg/L <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 APHA 5530
26. Fluoride mg/L 0.5 0.4 0.3 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.3 0.4 APHA 4500-
F-
27. Salinity mg/L 140.25 151.8 132 181.5 234.3 140.25 148.5 128.7 APHA 2520 B
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,17,600 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m
2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
77 | P a g e
Sr.
No
.
Parameter Unit Result Reference
Method
Sample Identification SW1 SW2 SW3 SW4 SW5 SW6 SW7 SW8
28. Pesticides P/A Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent
Gas
Chromatogra
phy
29.
Chemical
Oxygen
Demand
mg/L 32 30 24 26 28 34 26 28 APHA 5220
30.
Biochemical
Oxygen
Demand
mg/L 10 12 14 10 15 12 14 10 APHA 5210
31. Dissolved
Oxygen mg/L 6.2 7.6 6.5 6.1 6.8 6.4 7.2 7.4
APHA 4500-
O-C
(Source: Analysis during study period, GCI)
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,17,600 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m
2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 &
70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
78 | P a g e
Observation of Surface water monitoring results:
All the samples showed pH in the range from 6.8-7.4. Conductivity of the samples were in the
range from 520 µS/cm- 770 µS/cm. All the samples were colourless meeting desirable norms
(<5). TDS were in the range from 255 mg/L to 375 mg/L. TSS were in the range from 12mg/L to
20mg/L. Sulphate ranges from 10.5 mg/L to 15.5 mg/L. Chloride in the samples ranges from 78
mg/L to 142 mg/L. Total Hardness in the samples ranges from 140 mg/L to 230 mg/L. Calcium
in the samples ranges from 34 mg/L to 66 mg/L. Magnesium ranges from 7.3 mg/L to 23.1
mg/L. alkalinity ranges from 156 mg/L- 294 mg/L. copper, zinc, lead, cadmium and nickel all
lies in the permissible limit. Total Coliform ranges from 130 MPN/100 ml – 240 MPN/100 ml.
Faecal coliform ranges from 63 MPN/100 ml - 94 MPN/ 100 ml. E. Coli ranges from 11
MPN/100 ml – 20 MPN/ 100 ml. COD of the surface water samples ranges from 24 mg/L to 34
mg/L. BOD ranges from 10 mg/L to 15 mg/L.
As per above analysis results, Total Hardness & TDS is less due to flowing water but Total
Coliform, Fecal Coliform & E. Coli bacteria is present in the water so this water is not suitable
for drinking purpose.
Location Code
Name of Location Class of Water
Designated best use
SW -1 Garida D Propagation of Wild life and Fisheries
SW -2 Machhu River ( Up stream )
D Propagation of Wild life and Fisheries
SW-3 Machhu River
( Down stream ) D Propagation of Wild life and Fisheries
SW-4 Rangpar D Propagation of Wild life and Fisheries
SW-5 Rampara D Propagation of Wild life and Fisheries
SW-6 Daladi D Propagation of Wild life and Fisheries
SW-7 Holmadh D Propagation of Wild life and Fisheries
SW-8 Rupavati D Propagation of Wild life and Fisheries
3.14 Soil Environment
Soil is the most important natural resource and a natural resource is anything that comes from
the earth and is used by us. We depend on the soil for food, clothing, shelter, minerals, clay
and water. Soil is the seat of many macro and micro flora like algae, fungi, earthworms,
bacteria etc. These are very beneficial in promoting soil reactions and decomposing the organic
matter by which essential nutrients for plants are liberated. Most of the soil is made up of two
main parts:
A. Tiny bits of mineral particles which come from larger rocks, and humus, which is dark brown
in color and consists of decaying remains of plants and animals.
B. Soil also contains water, air and living organisms, such as fungi, bacteria, earthworms,
round worms, insects, etc. actually more organisms live in the soil than above it.
3.14.1 Methodology
The soil samples were collected from 8 selected locations during winter season. The samples
collected were homogeneous representative of each sampling location. At random sub
locations were identified at each location and soil samples were collected from 5 to 15 cm
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,17,600 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m
2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 &
70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
79 | P a g e
below the surface. It was uniformly mixed before homogenizing the soil samples. The samples
about 500 gm were packed in polythene bags labelled in the field with location number and
sent to the laboratory for the analysis of physicochemical parameters.
3.14.2 Soil Sampling Locations
Soil sampling was conducted once during the study period of winter season. 8 soil samples
were collected from selected locations in the vicinity of the proposed project. For studying soil
quality environment in the study area, sampling locations were selected to assess the existing
soil conditions in and around the existing plant area representing various land use conditions.
The homogenized samples were analyzed for physicochemical characteristics.
(Source: Google image)
Figure 3-16 Google Image showing Soil Sampling Location
Table 3-16 Soil Sampling Locations
Location
Code
Name of
Location
Source Distance Direction Coordinates
S-1 Project site Barren
- - 22°30'11.80"N, 71°
3'0.48"E
S-2 Holmadh Barren
2.19 W 22°29'59.31"N, 71°
1'46.42"E
S-3 Jalsika Agricultural
7.42 WSW 22°29'1.52"N,
70°58'59.42"E
S-4 Jalida Barren
5.19 SSW 22°27'40.37"N, 71°
2'0.74"E
S-5 Vasundhara Barren
7.18 SW 22°27'23.47"N, 71°
0'9.50"E
S-6 Sarodi Agricultural 5.09 NE 22°32'19.89"N, 71°
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,17,600 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m
2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 &
70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
80 | P a g e
4'53.96"E
S-7 Jodhpar Barren
6.55 NW 22°32'23.69"N, 71°
0'9.05"E
S-8 Samadhiala Agricultural
5.69 E 22°33'23.73"N, 71°
3'1.56"E (Source: Analysis during study period, GCI)
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,17,600 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m
2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
81 | P a g e
3.14.3 Analysis of Soil Samples
The soil samples were examined for various physicochemical parameters, to determine the existing soil characteristics of the study area.
Physicochemical characteristics of soil are presented as follows.
Table 3-17 Physiochemical Characteristics of Soil
Sr.
No. Parameters Unit
Results Reference Method
S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8
1 pH - 7.2 7.1 6.8 6.9 7.2 7.4 7.0 6.9 IS 2720 : Part 26 : 1987
3 Electrical Conductivity μS/cm 1020 1140 1020 1240 1180 1260 1080 1260 IS 14767: 2000
4 Soil Moisture Content % 5.5 8.7 9.2 6.5 6.2 8.0 6.9 7.8 IS 2720 – Part – 2
5 Organic Carbon % 0.84 0.82 0.88 0.86 0.80 0.88 0.9 0.80 IS 2720 : Part 22 : 1972
6 Organic Matter % 1.44 1.41 1.51 1.48 1.38 1.51 1.55 1.38 IS 2720 : Part 22 : 1972
7 Phosphorus mg/kg 24 26 30 32 28 30 32 28 APHA 4500 – P
8 Total Nitrogen mg/kg 124 112 126 108 108 124 106 122 APHA 4500-NORG
9 Potassium as K mg/kg 68 62 63 64 60 68 69 62 APHA 3500 – K - B
10 Calcium mg/kg 214 232 242 201 226 206 236 224 APHA 3500 –Ca– B
11 Magnesium mg/kg 52 44 48 40 38 56 42 58 APHA 3500 –Mg
12 Chloride mg/kg 242 268 242 368 240 265 292 269 IS 6925: 1973
13 Copper as Cu mg/kg <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 APHA 3111 B
14 Zinc as Zn mg/kg <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 APHA 3111 B
15 Iron as Fe mg/kg 0.4 0.3 0.3 3.6 3.2 3.8 3.6 3.2 APHA 3111 B
16 Lead as Pb mg/kg <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 APHA 3500-Pb
17 Nickel as Ni mg/kg <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 APHA 3500-Ni (Source: Analysis during study period, GCI)
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,17,600 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m
2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 &
70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
82 | P a g e
3.14.4 Observation of Soil monitoring results:
All the samples showed pH in the range from 6.8.-7.4. Conductivity of the samples were in the
range from 1020 µS/cm- 1260 µS/cm. Moisture were in the range from 5.5% to 9.2%. Organic
Carbone ranges from 0.80% -0.90 %. Organic Matter ranges from 1.38 % - 1.55 %. Phosphorus
in the samples ranges from 24 mg/kg- 32 mg/L. Total Nitrogen in the samples ranges from 106
mg/kg - 126 mg/kg. Potassium in the samples ranges from 60 mg/kg – 69 mg/kg. Calcium in the
samples ranges from 201 mg/kg – 242 mg/kg. Magnesium ranges from 38 mg/kg – 58 mg/kg.
Chloride ranges from 240 mg/kg – 368 mg/kg.
3.15 Biological Monitoring
Biological resources of the area are an indicator of quality/health of the environment of the area.
Therefore, the study of the same is an important aspect to minimize the distribution due to the
intervention of the proposed project to accept in a sustainable approach. To achieve the goal,
EIA study was conducted during the month of December 2020 to February 2021 to cover all
the biological parameters.
Nature supports a great variety of living beings under a structural and functional unit called
ecosystem. In any natural ecosystem, there are several components which exist in harmony
and survive only by interdependence. These components may be either biotic or abiotic.
Developmental activities often have great impacts on the biodiversity both ecosystems as well
as species level. Present study has been carried out to inventories the biodiversity exist in the
study area of present project, to evaluate the possible impacts on biodiversity due to project
activities and suggest effective mitigation measures against the negative impacts.
The ecological study was undertaken to understand the present status of ecosystem of the
area, to predict changes as a result of proposed activities and to suggest measures for
maintaining the conditions. This carried through primary survey and secondary data collected
from various Government agencies like Forest Department, Agriculture Department, Scientific
literatures etc. The animal and plant communities co-exist in a well-organized manner. Their
natural settings can get disturbed by any externally induced anthropological activities or by
naturally occurring calamities or disaster. So, once this setting is disturbed, it sometimes is
either practically impossible or may take a longer time to come back to its original state. Hence
changes in the status of flora and fauna are an elementary requirement of Environmental Impact
Assessment studies, in view of the need for conservation of environmental quality and
biodiversity. Information on flora and fauna was collected within the study area.
Floral Compositions
Details of Environmental & Ecological Sensitivity
Details of Ecological Sensitivity
Name Distance from the
Project (Km)
WLS Rampara Wild life Sanctuary 26.5
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,17,600 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m
2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 &
70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
83 | P a g e
NPA Gir, Somnath 179
ESA Rampara Wild life Sanctuary 26.5
ESZs Rampara Wild life Sanctuary 26.5
Criticany Polluted Area Ahmedabad 168.9
Corridors Palanpur-Mehsana Industrial Area 192
Wildlife Corridors, Jassor Sloth Bear Sanctuary 256
Table 3-18 List of Trees in the Study Area
Sr. No Scientific Name Common Name
1. Annona squamosa Sitafal
2. Polyalthia cerasoides Umabro
3. Polyalthia longifolia Asopalav
4. Thespesia populnea Paras piplo
5. Shemlo Bombax ceiba
6. Streculia urens Kadayo
7. Aegle marmelos Bili
8. Citrus medica Bijssoru
9. Ailanthus excelsa Arduso
10. Azadiracha indicia Limdo
11. Moytenus emarginata Vikalo
12. Zizyphus glaberata Bor
13. Sapindus emarginatus Aritha
14. Anacardium occidentale Kanji
15. Spondias mangifera Amla
16. Moringa concanensis Jungle Saragavo
17. Butea monosperma Khakhro
18. Dalbergia sissoo Sissoo
19. Bauhinia purpurea Kachner
20. Bauhinia racemosa Asondaro
21. Cassia fistula Garmalo, amaltas
22. Cassia siamea Kasid
23. Delonix elata Samdarso
24. Delonix regia Gulmohar
25. Hardwichia binate Arjun
26. Parkinsonia aculeate Ram baval
27. Saraca asoca Ashoka tree
28. Tamarindus indicia Amli
29. Acacia chundra Khair
30. Acacia nilotica Deshi baval
31. Acacia Senegal Gorad
32. Pithecellobium dulce Goras Amli, Jungle Jalebi
33. Prosopis juliflora Gando baval
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,17,600 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m
2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 &
70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
84 | P a g e
Sr. No Scientific Name Common Name
34. Terminalia arjuna Ariun sadad
35. Terminalia catappa Badam
36. Butea monosperma (Lam) Khakhro
37. Indian Mallow Khapat
38. Dalbergia sissoo Sisam
39. Zyziphus sp Bor
40. Wrightia tinctoria Kudi
41. Acacia senegal Gorad
42. Sterculia urens Kadaya
43. Acacia nilotica Babul
44. Acacia leucophloea Hermo
45. Boswellia serrata Salad
Flora Composition
Table 3-19 List of Shrubs in the Study Area
Sr. No Scientific Name Common Name
1. Alangiumsalvifolium (L.f.) Wang. Sage-leaved alangium
2. Annona squamosa L. Sugar Apple
3. Bougainvillea spetabilisWilld. Paper Flower
4. Calotropis gigantea R.Br. Crown Flower
5. Calotrpisprocera (Ait.) R.Br. Rubber Bush
6. Cassia auriculata L. Avaram
7. Cajanus cajan Tuver
8. Caesalpinia pulcherrima Galtoro
9. Desi Baval Vachellia nilotica
10. Kesudo Butea monosperma
11. Dudhlo Pergularia daemia
Table 3-20 List of Herbs in the Study Area
Sr. No Scientific Name Common Name
1. Abelmoschus moschatus Medic. Galu gasturi
2. Abutilon indicum (L.)Sweet Indian mallow
3. Achyranthes aspera L. Chaff-flower
4. Aerva lanata (L.) Juss.exSchultes Mountain knotgrass
5. Aerva sanguinolenta (L.) Bl. Karadia
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,17,600 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m
2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 &
70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
85 | P a g e
Sr. No Scientific Name Common Name
6. Ageratum conyzoides L. Jangli Pudina
7. Allium cepa L. Onion
8. Alternanthera paronychioides St. Mati kaduri
9. Alternanthera pungensKunth Khaki weed
10. Alternanthera sessilis (L.) R.Br.ex DC. Sessile Joyweed
11. Amaranthus caudatus L. Valvet Flower
12. Amaranthus spinosus L. Prickly amaranth
13. Amaranthus viridis L. Green amaranth.
14. Argemone mexicana L. Mexican poppy
15. Boerhaviadiffusa L. Punarnava
16. Bolboschoenusmaritimus (L.) Palla Alkali bulrush
17. Brassica juncea (L.) Czern. Brown mustard
18. Bulbostylisbarbata (Rottb.) C.B.Cl. Bearded watergrass
19. Carthamustinctorius L. Safflower
20. Cassia occidentalis L. Negro coffee
21. Cassia senna L. Alexandrian senna
22. Cassia tora L. Coffee senna
23. Celosia argentea L. var. argentea Silver cock's comb
Table 3-21 List of Economically important Plant species in the Study Area
Sr. No Scientific Name Vernacular Name Uses
1. Azadirecta indica Neem Medicine
2. Citrus spp. Nimbu Food
3. Ocimum sanctum Tulsi Medicine
4. Syzgium cumini Jamun Food
5. Artocarpus heterophyllus Jackfruit Food
6. Mangifera indica Aam Food
7. Musa paradisiacal Kela Food
8. Manikara zapota Chickoo Food
9. Arachis hypogea Mungfali Food
Table 3-22 List of Mammals in the Study Area
Sr.
No.
Scientific Name Common
Name
Schedule as
per WPA 1972
1 Lepus nigricollis Indian Hare Sch IV
2 Felis chaus Jungle Cat Sch II (Part I)
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,17,600 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m
2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 &
70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
86 | P a g e
3 Funambulus pennantii Five -Striped Palm
Squirrel
Sch IV
4 Mus musculus House Mouse Sch IV
5 Canis aureus Jackal Sch II (Part I)
6 Hyaenidae Hyena Not Listed
7 Vulpes vulpes common fox Sch II (Part I)
8 Felis chaus jungle cat Sch II (Part I)
Table 3-23 List of Domestic Animal in the Study Area
Sr. No Scientific Name Common Name
1 Bubalus bubalis Buffalo
2 Bos taurus Cow
3 Capra aegagrushircus Goat
4 Canis lupus familiaris Dog
Table 3-24 List of Birds in the Study Area
Sr. No Common Name Scientific Name Family
1 Alexandrine Parakeet Psittaculaeupatria Psittacidae
2 AshyDrongo Dicrurusleucophaeus Dicruridae
3 Asian Koel Eudynamysscolopacea Cuculidae
4 Asian Openbill-Stork Anastomusoscitans Ciconiidae
5 Asian Pied Starling Gracupicacontra Sturnidae
6 BankMyna Acridotheresginginianus Sturnidae
7 BayaWeaver Ploceusphilippinus Ploceinae
8 BlackDrongo Dicrurusmacrocercus Dicruridae
9 BlackKite Milvus migrans Accipitridae
10 Black-napedOriole Orioluschinensis Oriolidae
11 Black-shouldered Kite Elanus caeruleus Accipitridae
12 Black-wingedStilt Himantopushimantopus Recurvirostridae
13 Blue Rock Pigeon Columbalivia Columbidae
14 Blue-tailedBee- eater Meropsphilippinus Meropidae
15 Cattle Egret Bubulcus ibis Ardeidae
16 CommonHoopoe Upupa epops Upupidae
17 CommonMyna Acridotherestristis Sturnidae
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,17,600 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m
2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 &
70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
87 | P a g e
Sr. No Common Name Scientific Name Family
18 CommonSwallow Hirundorustica Hirundinidae
19 CommonTailorbird Orthotomussutorius Cisticolidae
20 CoppersmithBarbet Megalaima
haemacephala Megalaimidae
21 Crested Serpent Eagle Spilornischeela Accipitridae
22 Demoiselle Crane Anthropoidesvirgo Gruidae
23 Eurasian Collared Dove Streptopeliadecaocto Columbidae
24 Eurasian Coot Fulicaatra Rallidae
25 GlossyIbis Plegadisfalcinellus Threskiornithidae
26 Golden Fronted Leafbird Chloropsisaurifrons Chloropseidae
27 GreatCormorant Phalacrocoraxcarbo Phalacrocoracidae
28 GreaterCoucal Centropussinensis Cuculidae
29 GreenBee-eater Meropsorientalis Meropidae
30 GreyFrancolin Francolinuspondicerianus Phasianidae
31 Grey Heron Ardeacinerea Ardeidae
32 House Crow Corvussplendens Corvidae
33 House Sparrow Passerdomesticus Passeridae
34 House Swift Apusnipalensis Apodidae
35 Indian Cuckoo Cuculusmicropterus Cuculidae
36 Indian Peafowl Pavocristatus Phasianidae
37 Indian Pond-Heron Ardeolagrayii Ardeidae
38 Indian Robin Saxicoloidesfulicata Muscicapidae
39 Indian Roller Coracias benghalensis Coraciidae
40 IntermediateEgret Mesophoyx intermedia Ardeidae
41 Jungle Babbler Turdoidesstriata Leiothrichidae
42 Jungle Crow Corvusmacrorhynchos Corvidae
43 Jungle Myna Acridotheresfuscus Sturnidae
44 Large PiedWagtail Motacillamaderaspatensis Motacillidae
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,17,600 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m
2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 &
70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
88 | P a g e
Sr. No Common Name Scientific Name Family
45 LesserCoucal Centropusbengalensis Cuculidae
46 LittleCormorant Phalacrocoraxniger Phalacrocoracidae
47 Little Egret EgrettaGarzetta Ardeidae
48 Little RingedPlover Charadriusdubius Charadriidae
49 Oriental Magpie- Robin Copsychussaularis Muscicapidae
50 OrientalWhiteIbis Threskiornismelanocephalus Threskiornithidae
51 Partridge Perdix perdix grey partridge
52 Sandgrouse Pteroclidae Pteroclidae
53 Ring dove Streptopelia capicola Columbidae
54 Large gray Argya malcolmi Salicaceae
55 Purple sunbird Cinnyris asiaticus Nectariniidae
56 Yellow-throated sparrow Petronia xanthocollis Passeridae
57 Partridge Perdix perdix grey partridge
Table 3-25 List of Reptiles in the Study Area
Sr. No. Scientific Name Common Name Schedule as per WPA,1972
1. Erycinae Common sand boa Not Listed
2. Coelognathus helena Trinket Not Listed
3. Lycodon capucinus Wolf snake Not Listed
4. Xenochrophis piscator Checkered keelback Not Listed
5. Ptyas mucosa Rat snake Not Listed
6. Naja naja Cobra Not Listed
7. Echis Saw scaled viper Not Listed
8. Bungarus Krait Not Listed
9. Calotes versicolor Garden lizard Not Listed
10. Monitor lizard Varanus Not Listed
11. Indian pond turtle Melanochelys trijuga Not Listed
12. Star tortoise Geochelone elegans Not Listed
(Source: Primary Survey and Forest Department)
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,17,600 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m
2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 &
70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
89 | P a g e
3.16 Socio-Economic Environment
Socio-economic environment is an essential part of environmental study which incorporates
various facts related to socio-economic conditions in the area and deals with the total
environment.
Socio - economic study includes demographic structure of the area, provision of basic amenities
viz. housing, education, health and medical services, occupation, water supply, sanitation,
communication, transportation, prevailing diseases pattern as well as feature of aesthetic
significance such as temples, historical monuments etc. at the baseline level. This would help in
visualizing and predicting the possible impact depending upon the nature and magnitude of the
project. Socio-economic study of an area provides a good opportunity to assess the socio-
economic conditions of an area.
This study will possibly estimate the change in living and social standards of the particular area
benefitted due to the project. The gross economic production of the area will be increased
substantially due to the existence of this project. It can undoubtedly be said that this project will
provide direct and indirect employment and improve the infrastructural facilities and living
standards of the area.
3.16.1 Socio Economic Assessment
The objective of the study is to know the current socio-economic situation in the region, to
recommend practical strategic interventions in the sector and to help in providing better living
standards
Scope of work is to study the Socio-economic Environment of area, prediction of project impact
and suggesting mitigation measures.
Collection of Data:
Data for this project were collected via primary sources (field survey) and secondary sources
(i.e. Government department, maps, literature research etc) in the study area.
Presentation of Data and Analysis:
The data collected were presented in a suitable, concise form for further analysis. The collected
data were presented in the form of tabular or diagrammatic or graphic form. These tabulated
data were interpreted and analyzed with the help of various qualitative techniques and
ideographic approaches.
A mixture of both quantitative and qualitative approach has been adopted in the current
socio-economic study.
The study has been conducted based on primary and secondary data. While primary
data has been collected through a sample survey of selected households, the secondary
data has been collected from the administrative records Census 2011, district hand books
etc.
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,17,600 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m
2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 &
70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
90 | P a g e
The details regarding population composition, number of literates, workers etc. have
been collected from secondary sources and analyzed. Also village/city/town wise details
regarding amenities available in the study area have been collected from secondary
sources and analyzed.
Two stage sampling design has been adopted to select the sampling units. The first
stage units are census villages in the rural areas and towns/cities in urban areas. The
ultimate stage units are households in the selected villages and towns/cities. Simple
Random Sampling without Replacement (SRSWOR) has been adopted to select the
sampling units.
Estimation of various parameters has been made based on sample data and bottom top
approach has been adopted.
On the basis of a preliminary reconnaissance survey, two questionnaires were
developed to make it suitable to fulfil the objectives of the study. The questionnaires
contained both open ended and close ended questions
The data collected during the above survey was analyzed to evaluate the prevailing
socio-economic profile of the area.
Based on the above data, impacts due to operation on the community have
been assessed and recommendations for improvement have been made.
3.16.2 Demographics
There are 17 villages in the study area. The demographic pattern of all the settlements as per
2011 census is given in below table. A study has been undertaken with respect to demography,
occupational pattern, literacy rate and other important socio-economic indicators of these
Villages to reveal the socioeconomic structure of the entire project area.
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,17,600 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m
2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 &
70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
91 | P a g e
Figure 3-17 Location of Villages in 10 km
(Source: Google Earth)
Table 3-26 Location of Villages in 10 km
Sr.
No. Name of Village
Distance from the
Project Site
Direction from the
Project Site
1. Garida 0.84 km WSW
2. Mahika 2.76 km NW
3. Ratadiya 3.22 km ENE
4. Samadhiala 3.25 km E
5. Holmadh 3.65 km WSW
6. Kanpar 3.95 km NNE
7. Gundakhada 5.2 km ESE
8. Rangpar 5.78 km SSE
9. Jalida 5.88 km SSW
10. Shekhardi 6.09 km NNE
11. Kothi 6.23 km NW
12. Vasundra 6.48 km SW
13. Jodhpar 6.49 km NW
14. Mesariya 7.18 km ESE
15. Jalsika 7.20 km W
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,17,600 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m
2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 &
70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
92 | P a g e
Sr.
No. Name of Village
Distance from the
Project Site
Direction from the
Project Site
16. Limbala 7.45 km NW
17. Bhalgam 8.11 km SSE
3.16.3 Population
There are 4666 households in the study area consisting of total population of 27085. A group of
persons who normally live together and take their meals from a common kitchen are called a
household. Persons living in a household may be related or unrelated or a mix of both.
However, if a group of related or unrelated people live in a house but do not take their meals
from the common kitchen, then they are not part of a common household. Each such person is
treated as a separate household. There may be one member households, two member
households or multimember households. Average number of people in one household is 5.8 in
the study area. Village wise details of the population are given in table below.
Table 3-27 Population and Household details
Sr. No Name Number of households Total population
1. Garida 160 955
2. Mahika 591 3330
3. Ratadiya 216 1410
4. Samadhiala 249 1463
5. Holmadh 217 1311
6. Kanpar 107 657
7. Gundakhada 183 1089
8. Rangpar 123 674
9. Jalida 170 746
10. Shekhardi 174 986
11. Kothi 605 3498
12. Vasundra 101 509
13. Jodhpar 461 2535
14. Mesariya 535 3157
15. Jalsika 144 830
16. Limbala 342 2106
17. Bhalgam 288 1829
18. Total 4666 27085
3.16.4 Sex ratio
Sex ratio is number of females per 1000 males. As per the census 2011, the number of females
per 1000 males is around 949. In some villages, sex ratio is threateningly low, reaching to a
minimum of 868 in Gundakhada . The maximum sex ratio reaches to 1079 in Narayan Kanpar.
The male population is 51.13% while female population is 48.87% of the total population.
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,17,600 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m
2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 &
70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
93 | P a g e
Table 3-28 Sex Ratio of Population
S. No
Village Male Female Sex Ratio (females/males)*1000
1 Garida 500 455 910
2 Mahika 1689 1641 972
3 Ratadiya 740 670 905
4 Samadhiala 754 709 940
5 Holmadh 695 616 886
6 Kanpar 316 341 1079
7 Gundakhada 583 506 868
8 Rangpar 360 314 872
9 Jalida 363 383 1055
10 Shekhardi 504 482 956
11 Kothi 1771 1727 975
12 Vasundra 273 236 864
13 Jodhpar 1229 1306 1063
14 Mesariya 1624 1533 944
15 Jalsika 430 400 930
16 Limbala 1082 1024 946
17 Bhalgam 937 892 952
Total 13850 13235 Average : 949
Figure 3-18 Sex Ratio in the Study Area
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,17,600 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m
2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 &
70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
94 | P a g e
3.16.5 Social Structure
The study area has a predominant Hindu population. Hindus in the project area as elsewhere, is
based on the traditional four-fold caste system of Brahmin, Kshatriya, Vaishyas and Shudras.
The first three categories belong to higher caste whereas the last category generally belongs to
Scheduled caste and Tribes. As per Census 2011, average SC population in the study area is
5.37% of the total population. In case of ST population, this number has decreased and reached
to 0.18% of the total population. Scheduled tribes as well as Scheduled Castes are vulnerable
minority of the area and many a times, are excluded from the village activities and treated as
inferiors. The category others stated in the graph represents higher Hindu Categories, Muslims,
Christians, Jains etc. The statistics regarding the Social Characteristics of villages in the
studyarea are given in Table 3-29
Table 3-29 Social Structure of the study area
Sr. No.
Name Total Population Person
Scheduled Castes population Person
Scheduled Castes population Male
Scheduled Castes population Female
Scheduled Tribes population Person
Scheduled Tribes population Male
Scheduled Tribes population Female
1 Garida 955 38 16 22 30 17 13
2 Mahika 3330 239 121 118 15 5 10
3 Ratadiya 1410 0 0 0 0 0 0
4 Samadhiala 1463 38 19 19 0 0 0
5 Holmadh 1311 0 0 0 0 0 0
6 Kanpar 657 59 32 27 0 0 0
7 Gundakhada 1089 0 0 0 0 0 0
8 Rangpar 674 135 74 61 0 0 0
9 Jalida 746 64 27 37 0 0 0
10 Shekhardi 986 23 12 11 0 0 0
11 Kothi 3498 154 85 69 0 0 0
12 Vasundra 509 0 0 0 0 0 0
13 Jodhpar 2535 167 78 89 0 0 0
14 Mesariya 3157 186 96 90 4 2 2
15 Jalsika 830 36 23 13 0 0 0
16 Limbala 2106 2 1 1 0 0 0
17 Bhalgam 1829 313 159 154 1 1 0
Total 27085 1454 743 711 50 25 25
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,17,600 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m
2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 &
70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
95 | P a g e
Figure 3-19 Social Structure of the study area
3.16.6 Literacy
The overall percentage of literate in the area is 62.59%. Total literate population is 16952. The
literacy rate in the area is moderate. Most of the literate people have studies till middle schools
and not attended higher school and college because of lack of institutions of higher education.
Out of total literate population, 58.34% is male population whereas 41.66% is female population.
Male literacy rate is 71.40% whereas female literacy rate is 53.35%. Male literacy rate is
considerably higher than the female literacy rate in the study area, as mentioned, because of
lack of institutions of higher education. Also, in some villages in the study area, people threaten
to send adolescent girls to schools, leading to decline in girls even being educated at all.
Figure 3-20 Literacy rate in the Study Area
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,17,600 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m
2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 &
70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
96 | P a g e
Table 3-30 Literacy rate in the Study area
Sr. No.
Name Total Population Person
Literates Population Person
Literates Population Male
Literates Population Female
Illiterate Persons
Illiterate Male
Illiterate Female
1 Garida 955 608 365 243 347 135 212
2 Mahika 3330 2534 1376 1158 796 313 483
3 Ratadiya 1410 853 479 374 557 261 296
4 Samadhiala 1463 950 560 390 513 194 319
5 Holmadh 1311 860 528 332 451 167 284
6 Kanpar 657 435 245 190 222 71 151
7 Gundakhada 1089 575 375 200 514 208 306
8 Rangpar 674 356 218 138 318 142 176
9 Jalida 746 465 254 211 281 109 172
10 Shekhardi 986 448 301 147 538 203 335
11 Kothi 3498 2324 1352 972 1174 419 755
12 Vasundra 509 299 197 102 210 76 134
13 Jodhpar 2535 1778 964 814 757 265 492
14 Mesariya 3157 1837 1138 699 1320 486 834
15 Jalsika 830 429 250 179 401 180 221
16 Limbala 2106 1121 664 457 985 418 567
17 Bhalgam 1829 1080 624 456 749 313 436
Total 27085 16952 9890 7062 10133 3960 6173
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,17,600 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m
2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 &
70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
97 | P a g e
3.16.7 Occupational Pattern
The occupational profile has been classified based on the available 2011 census classification.
A person is treated as main worker if the person has worked for a major part of the year (180
days or more). A marginal worker is a person who has worked for some time during a year but
adding up to 180 days in a year. Those who have not worked throughout the year are treated as
non-workers.
Total Worker:
Work is defined as economically productive activity with or without compensation or wages.
Such participation may be physical or mental or physical in nature, also, it includes both working
and supervising and directing the work. It even includes part time help or unpaid work on farm,
family enterprise or its economic activity. Number of total workers in the area is 11994 which is
44.28% of the total population. Out of the total working population, 87.23% is male working
population whereas 32.77% is female working population. The total working population is further
divided into main and marginal working population.
Main Working Population:
The term is used for people who have worked for a major part of the year, such as 6 months for
reference. Out of total working population, main working population is 9818 which is 81.85%.
Marginal Working Population:
Marginal workers constitute of people who have been involved in work but not for a major part of
the year (less than six months). The number of marginal workers in the study area is 2176
which is 18.15% of the total working population.
Cultivator:
A person is called cultivator if he or she is engaged in cultivation of land own or from
government or held from private persons or institutions for payment in money, kind or share.
Cultivation work includes effective supervision or direction in cultivation. A person who has
given out her/his land to another person or institution(s) for cultivation for money, kind or share
of crop and who does not even supervise or direct cultivation process is not treated as
cultivator. Similarly, a person working on another person’s land for wages in cash or kind or
combination of both is not treated as cultivator. Total cultivators in study area are 5251 which is
approx. 43.78% of the total workers.
Agricultural Laborers:
Persons working on the land of others for wages or share in the yield have been treated as
agricultural laborers. The total workers of this category are about 2382 which is approx. 19.85%
of the total workers.
Household Workers:
Household industry is defined as an industry conducted by one or more members of the
household at home or near area and only within the precincts of the house where the household
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,17,600 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m
2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 &
70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
98 | P a g e
lives in urban areas. The larger proportion of the household industry consists of the members of
the household. The industry is not run on the scale of a register company or qualifies or has to
be registered under the Indian Factories Act. Household industry relates to production,
processing, servicing, repairing or making and selling but not includes professions such as a
pleader, Doctor, Musician, Dancer, Waterman, Astrologer, Dhobi, Barber, even if such
professions, trade or services are run at home by members of the household. The total workers
of this category are about 97 which is 0.80% of the total working population.
Other Workers:
All workers, i.e., those who have been engaged in some economic activity during the last one
year are other workers. The type of workers that come under this category is government
servants, municipal employees, teachers, factory workers, plantation workers, those engaged in
trading, transport, banking, mining, construction, political or social work, priests, entertainment
artist, etc. In effect, all workers except cultivators or agricultural labourers or household industry
workers are other workers. The total workers of this category are about 2088 which is 35.57% of
total workers.
Non-workers:
The non-workers include those engaged in unpaid household duties, students, retired persons,
dependants, beggars etc. The total number of non-workers population is 15091 which is 55.72%
of the total population. Out of which 38.34% is male and 61.66% is female.
Figure 3-21 Occupational Pattern of the study area
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,17,600 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m
2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi
Steel Private Limited.
99 | P a g e
Table 3-31 Occupational Pattern in the study area
Sr. No.
Name Total Population
Total Worke
r Population
Total
Worker Male
Total
Worker Female
Main Worki
ng Population
Main Working Male
Main Working Female
Main Cultivator
Population
Main Agricul
tural Labor Popula
tion
Main Household
Industries
Population
Main Other Worke
rs Population
Marginal
Worker
Population
Non-Worki
ng Population
P
Non-Working Male
Non-Working Female
1 Garida 955 304 298 6 287 282 5 170 24 1 92 17 651 202 449
2 Mahika 3330 1696 993 703 1432 934 498 878 364 5 185 264 1634 696 938
3 Ratadiya 1410 687 412 275 685 412 273 524 60 0 101 2 723 328 395
4 Samadhi
ala 1463 415 408 7 415 408 7 251 104 3 57 0 1048 346 702
5 Holmadh 1311 780 411 369 677 392 285 386 210 0 81 103 531 284 247
6 Kanpar 657 339 183 156 134 131 3 66 40 3 25 205 318 133 185
7 Gundak
hada 1089 476 357 119 348 336 12 175 24 14 135 128 613 226 387
8 Rangpar 674 232 220 12 219 211 8 40 41 0 138 13 442 140 302
9 Jalida 746 252 220 32 251 219 32 57 74 1 119 1 494 143 351
10 Shekhar
di 986 509 316 193 442 281 161 269 105 2 66 67 477 188 289
11 Kothi 3498 1528 947 581 865 821 44 393 185 1 286 663 1970 824 1146
12 Vasundr
a 509 191 164 27 167 161 6 59 1 0 107 24 318 109 209
13 Jodhpar 2535 1383 772 611 1089 689 400 785 171 0 133 294 1152 457 695
14 Mesariya 3157 1177 976 201 1127 966 161 580 349 3 195 50 1980 648 1332
15 Jalsika 830 269 245 24 252 232 20 113 33 55 51 17 561 185 376
16 Limbala 2106 966 603 363 668 568 100 220 167 8 273 298 1140 479 661
17 Bhalgam 1829 790 539 251 760 533 227 285 430 1 44 30 1039 398 641
Total 27085 11994 8064 3930 9818 7576 2242 5251 2382 97 2088 2176 15091 5786 9305
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,17,600 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m
2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 &
70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
100 | P a g e
3.17 Traffic Study
3.17.1 Interpretation of Traffic Study
To and fro traffic count is done at a Junction point on Main road (Latitude & Longitude:
22°30'16.19"N, 71° 2'58.60"E
The total carrying capacity of the approach road as per IRC guidelines is 1200 PCUs per hour.
Table 3-32 Interpretation of Traffic Study
Sr.
No. Vehicle No. of Vehicles
1 Cycle 17
2 2 Wheeler 19
3 3 Wheeler 5
4 Passenger car, pickup van 6
5 Agricultural Tractor/LCV 8
6 Bus 6
7 Truck 3
8 Tractor with trailer (includes water tanker) 6
9 Multi Axle 03
Average vehicle/day 73
Type of area Rural
Recommended Design Service for Intermediate lane
roads(PCU/day)
1200
Table 3-33 Vehicle Type Equivalency according to IRC 064
Fast vehicle Vehicle type Equivalency
1 2-Wheeler 0.5
2 Passenger car, pickup van 1.0
3 Auto rickshaw 1.0
4 LCV 1.4
5 Truck/bus 3.0
6 Agricultural tractor trailer 4.5
8 Cycle 0.5
9 Cycle Rickshaw 2.0
10 Horse drawn vehicle 4.0
11 Hand cart 3.0
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,17,600 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m
2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 &
70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
101 | P a g e
As per IRC: 64-1990 Level of Service is defined
V/C LOS Performance
0.0 - 0.2 A Excellent
0.2 - 0.4 B Very Good
0.4 - 0.6 C Good
0.6 - 0.8 D Fair
0.8 - 1.0 E Poor
The 24-hourly traffic on Main road is 73 vehicle movement per day.
24-hourly traffic on Main road is 111.5 PCUs per hr (total PCU) & 111.5 PCUs per hour.
Here V* (PUC/Hr.) is 111.5 & C** (PCU/Hr.) is 1200 therefore the LOS is 0.09 which
means Excellent
V* divided by carrying capacity=111.5/1200= 0.09 i. e Excellent
Thus, the current traffic on the approach road is well within the carrying capacity of the road-
network.
Traffic study after during operation
The total carrying capacity of the approach road as per IRC guidelines, is 1200 PCUs per hour.
Table 3-34 Interpretation of Traffic Study
Sr.
No. Vehicle No. of Vehicles
1 Cycle 23
2 2 Wheeler 26
3 3 Wheeler 8
4 Passenger car, pickup van 9
5 Agricultural Tractor/LCV 12
6 Bus 8
7 Truck 7
8 Tractor with trailer (includes water tanker) 12
9 Multi Axle 03
Average vehicle/day 116
Type of area Rural
Recommended Design Service for Intermediate lane
roads(PCU/day)
1200
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,17,600 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m
2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 &
70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
102 | P a g e
Table 3-35 Vehicle Type Equivalency according to IRC 064
Fast vehicle Vehicle type Equivalency
1 2-Wheeler 0.5
2 Passenger car, pickup van 1.0
3 Auto rickshaw 1.0
4 LCV 1.4
5 Truck/bus 3.0
6 Agricultural tractor trailer 4.5
8 Cycle 0.5
9 Cycle Rickshaw 2.0
10 Horse drawn vehicle 4.0
11 Hand cart 3.0
3.17.2 As per IRC: 64-1990 Level of Service is defined
V/C LOS Performance
0.0 - 0.2 A Excellent
0.2 - 0.4 B Very Good
0.4 - 0.6 C Good
0.6 - 0.8 D Fair
0.8 - 1.0 E Poor
The 24-hourly traffic on Main road is 116 vehicle movement per day.
24-hourly traffic on Main road is 179 PCUs per hr (total PCU) & 179 PCUs per hour.
Here V* (PUC/Hr.) is 179 & C** (PCU/Hr.) is 1200 therefore the LOS is 0.15 which
means Excellent
V* divided by carrying capacity=179/1200= 0.15 i.e Excellent
Thus, the current traffic on the approach road is well within the carrying capacity of the road
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,17,600 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m
2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 &
70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
103 | P a g e
Figure 3-22 Traffic Survey location on Google Map.
104 | P a g e
Table of Contents
4 Chapter 4 Anticipated Impacts & Mitigation Measures ................................................ 106
4.1 Prelude .................................................................................................................... 106
4.2 Identification of EnvironmentalImpacts ................................................................ 106
4.3 EnvironmentalParameters ...................................................................................... 106
4.3.1 Air Environment .................................................................................................. 106
4.3.2 Water Environment.............................................................................................. 107
4.3.3 Land Environment ............................................................................................... 107
4.3.4 Noise Environment .............................................................................................. 107
4.3.5 Occupational Health & Safety ............................................................................. 107
4.3.6 Ecology ................................................................................................................ 107
4.3.7 Socio Economic Environment ............................................................................ 108
4.4 Project Activities and Components ....................................................................... 108
4.4.1 Construction Phase............................................................................................. 108
4.5 Prediction of Environmental Impacts .................................................................... 110
4.6 Impacts during construction phase and its mitigative measures ....................... 112
4.7 IMPACTS DURING OPERATION PHASE AND ITS MITIGATIVE MEASURES ...... 117
4.8 Air Environment ...................................................................................................... 117
4.8.1 Noise Environment .............................................................................................. 123
4.8.2 Water Environment.............................................................................................. 124
4.8.3 Land Environment ............................................................................................... 124
4.8.4 Socio-Economic Environment ............................................................................ 125
4.8.5 Ecology and Biodiversity .................................................................................... 125
4.8.6 Occupational Health ............................................................................................ 125
List of Tables
Table 4-1- Identification of Impacts during Construction Phase ....................................... 109
Table 4-2- Identification of Impacts during Operation Phase............................................. 110
Table 4-3- Prediction of Impacts during Construction Phase ............................................ 111
Table 4-4- Prediction of Impacts during Operation Phase ................................................. 112
Table 4-5- Impacts & Aspect Analysis during Construction Phase ................................... 113
105 | P a g e
List of Figures
Figure 4- 1 Ground Level Concentration of PM10 ................................................................ 118 Figure 4- 2 Ground Level Concentration of SO2 ................................................................. 119 Figure 4- 3 Ground Level Concentration of NOx................................................................. 120
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
106 | P a g e
4 Chapter 4 Anticipated Impacts & Mitigation Measures
4.1 Prelude
This chapter identifies and predicts the potential impacts on different environmental components
due to the construction and operation of the proposed project. It details all the potential impacts
on biophysical and socio-economic components of the local environment due to the proposed
activities and sub-activities.
This chapter presents identification and appraisal of the likely impacts due to the proposed
expansion of M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited. Prediction of impacts is the most
important component in the Environmental Impact Assessment studies. Several qualitative and
quantitative techniques and methodologies are used to conduct analysis of the potential impacts
likely to build up as a result of the proposed development activities on physico-chemical,
ecological and socio-economic environments. Such predictions are superimposed over the
baseline (pre-project) status of the environmental quality to derive at the ultimate (post-project)
scenario of environmental conditions. The prediction and identification of impacts helps to
minimize the adverse impacts and maximize the beneficial impacts on environmental quality
during pre and post project execution.
4.2 Identification of Environmental Impacts
The identification of environmental impacts has been made, based on the understanding of
cause-condition-effect relationship between an activity and the impact component. To identify
and predict overall impact on environmental attributes, assessment task is performed for both
the phases i.e. Construction Phase and Operation Phase. Various techniques are available
for impact identification, out of which matrix method has been used to identify the impacts due
to the activities for the proposed project.
4.3 Environmental Parameters
For the purpose of the assessment of anticipated environmental impacts, some of the
environmental regimes are selected considering the probable impacts. The environmental
regimes along with the parameters predicted for the study area are given below;
4.3.1 Air Environment
Ambient air quality
Sources of emission and its quantity
Emission control measures / technology
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
107 | P a g e
Environment, health and safety management strategies
4.3.2 Water Environment
Water consumption and waste water generation
Water and wastewater quality
Water and wastewater management system / technology
Environment, health and safety management strategies
4.3.3 Land Environment
Potential of land use and land cover change
Potential of land contamination sources and control measures
Potential change in soil quality
4.3.4 Noise Environment
Major sources of noise from project activities
Control measures for noise
Environment, health and safety management strategies
4.3.5 Occupational Health & Safety
Nature and type of operation works
Raw material and its management (handling, storage and transportation)
Operation hazard and control measures (precaution and prevention)
Management for safety of employees, welfare and health
Occupational health and safety plan
Emergency measures and action plan
Disaster management plan
4.3.6 Ecology
Flora and fauna of study area
Change in habitat and vegetation
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
108 | P a g e
Control measures for ecology and environment management strategies
4.3.7 Socio Economic Environment
Demographic characteristics
Employment potential and allied issues
Basic amenities and infrastructure
Management strategies and social / community welfare plan
Occupational health and safety management plan
4.4 Project Activities and Components
The following project related activities identified as sources having potential to cause impact
upon various environmental attributes;
4.4.1 Construction Phase
All the impacts due to following activities during construction phase will be short term and limited
up to plot area.
Site cleaning
Levelling and road laying
Earthwork comprising of excavation, grading, trenching
Transportation of construction materials
Civil work
Mechanical erection
Employment
Domestic activities by workers
Greenbelt development
Operation Phase:
Each individual activity listed has its own impact on each environmental parameter. After
commissioning of the proposed project, operation phase will have permanent (long term) impact
due to said activities.
Raw material & product storage, handling and transportation
Manufacturing process & utility operations (consumption of resources & emission of
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
109 | P a g e
liquid effluent, flue & process gas, generation of solid/hazardous waste and Noise)
Employment
Green Belt Development
Infrastructure development & CER activities
Other factors/situation such as breakdown of critical systems, induced growth in the vicinity of
factory etc. will influence the environmental parameters. During an emergency situation, the
impact scenario will be completely different from normal operation and the impact on the
surrounding environment will be adverse. To make sure that the proposed project does not
leave behind any negative impacts, the adverse impacts are also identified for emergency
during EIA study.
Table 4-1- Identification of Impacts during Construction Phase
Sr.
No.
Parameter
Activity A
ir
Wate
r
Lan
d
No
ise
Eco
log
y
Healt
h &
Safe
ty
So
cio
Eco
no
mic
1. Site Cleaning X
2. Leveling & road laying X X X
3. Earthwork comprising of
excavation, guarding
trenching
X X X
4. Transportation of
construction materials
X X
5. Civil work X X
6. Mechanical erection X X X X X
7. Employment X X X X
8. Domestic Activities by
workers
X X X X
9. Greenbelt development X X X X X X
Note: () Possibility of Impact (x): No impact will occur
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
110 | P a g e
Table 4-2- Identification of Impacts during Operation Phase
Sr.
No.
Parameter
Activity Air
Wa
ter
Lan
d
No
ise
Ec
olo
gy
He
alt
h &
Sa
fety
So
cio
Ec
on
om
ic
1. Raw material & product
storage and handling
X X X X X
2. Transportation of raw
materials and finished
products
X X X X X
3. Production & Utilities X X
4. Emergencies or disaster X
5. Breakdown of critical
systems
X X
6. Employment X X X X X
7. Greenbelt development X X X X
8. Infrastructure development
& CER activities
X X X X
Note: ( ) Possibility of Impact (x): No impact will occur
4.5 Prediction of Environmental Impacts
Prediction of impacts involves determination of nature and extent of impacts due to the various
activities to be involved in the proposed project. Generally, impacts are classified as follows;
1. Positive or Negative
2. Short term or Long term
3. Significant or insignificant or moderate
4. Direct or indirect
5. Reversible or irreversible
6. Quantifiable or non-quantifiable
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
111 | P a g e
7. Acceptable or conditionally acceptable or unacceptable
Looking to the project site, magnitude of project and pollution potential, impacts have been
predicted for following two classifications;
1. Positive or Negative
2. Short term or Long term
3. Significant or insignificant or moderate
Environmental Impacts are identified and assessed quantitatively and qualitatively. Prediction of
impacts for the both construction & operation phase is given in Table
Table 4-3- Prediction of Impacts during Construction Phase
Parameter
Activity
Air
Wa
ter
Lan
d
No
ise
Ec
olo
gy
He
alt
h &
Sa
fety
So
cio
Ec
on
om
ic
Site cleaning (-ve)
ST – (-ve)
ST
(-ve)
ST
(-ve)
ST
(-ve)
ST –
Leveling and road
laying
(-ve)
ST – – (-ve)
ST – (-ve)
ST –
Earthwork comprising of excavation, grading, trenching
(-ve) ST
–
(-ve) ST
(-ve) ST
–
(-ve) ST
–
Transportation of
construction materials
(-ve)
ST – (-ve) ST
(-ve)
ST
(-ve)
ST
(-ve)
ST –
Civil construction (-ve)
ST
(-ve)
ST – (-ve)
ST – (-ve)
ST –
Mechanical erection (-ve)
ST – – – – (-ve)
ST –
Employment - (-ve) ST
_ _ _ (-ve)
ST (+ve) ST
Greenbelt development (+ve)
LT (+ve)
LT (+ve)
LT (+ve)
LT (+ve)
LT
(+ve)
LT -
Note:(+ve): Positive Impact; (-ve): Negative Impact; ST: Short Term; LT: Long Term
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
112 | P a g e
Table 4-4- Prediction of Impacts during Operation Phase
Parameter
Activity Air
Wa
ter
Lan
d
No
ise
Ec
olo
gy
He
alt
h &
Sa
fety
So
cio
Ec
on
om
ic
Raw material & Product storage and handling
(-ve) ST
– – – – (-ve) ST
–
Transportation of raw materials and finished products
(-ve) ST
– – (-ve)
ST – (-ve)
ST
–
Production & utilities (-ve)
LT
(-ve)
LT
(-ve)
LT
(-ve)
LT
– (-ve)
LT
–
Emergencies or disaster (-ve) ST
(-ve) ST
(-ve) ST
(-ve) ST
(-ve) ST
(-ve) LT
–
Breakdown of critical systems
(-ve) ST
(-ve) ST
(-ve) ST
(-ve) ST
– (+ve) LT
-
Employment – – – – – (+ve) LT (+ve)
LT
Greenbelt development (+ve)
LT
– (+ve)
LT
(+ve)
LT
(+ve)
LT
– (+ve)
LT
Infrastructure development & CER activities
– – – – – (+ve) LT (+ve)
LT
Note: (+ve): Positive Impact; (-ve): Negative Impact; ST: Short Term; LT: Long Term
4.6 Impacts during construction phase and its mitigative measures
Identification and prediction of impacts during construction phase of the proposed project are
discussed in Table 1. There shall be no significant impact during the construction phase. The key
problem anticipated would be increase in dust contamination and noise. However, these impacts
would be for a limited period i.e. up to construction period only. Impact aspect analysis during
construction phase and its mitigation measures are given in Table 4-5
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited..
113 | P a g e
Table 4-5- Impacts & Aspect Analysis during Construction Phase
Attribute Aspects Impact Evaluation&
Impact Zone Mitigation Measures EMP Scope
Site Cleaning, Excavation, Foundation and Construction activities
Air
Quality
Dusting due
to site
cleaning,
excavation,
foundation
and
construction
Deterioration of ambient air quality
Negative,
Short term
Insignificant (as it
will be for short
duration and will
regain back on
completion of
construction
activities).
Confined to project site and vicinity
Storage of sand and other such
dispersible material by covering with
tarpaulin sheet
Keeping minimum inventory/stock of
sand and other such dispersible
material at site
Proper storage of excavated
materials with use of protective
sheets
Periodical water sprinkling to prevent dusting
Storage of topsoil in covered and
isolated area for its replenishing and
reuse for green belt development
Use of RMC to possible extent
Excavated materials to transporting
sound manner to prevent dust
spread during movement
Workers to be given proper training
Supervision of mitigation
measures to ensure its
effectiveness
Water
Quality
Use of water
during
Construction
activity
Wastage of
water
Negative,
Short term
Moderate
Use of water shall be done in optimal way
Installation of water meter and record keeping of water consumption
Supervision of mitigation measures to ensure its effectiveness
Domestic
Sewage
generation
Disposal of
sewage
(treated)
Negative,
Short term
Insignificant
Prevent contamination of storm
water drain
Regular inspection of STP for
sewage disposal
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited..
114 | P a g e
Attribute Aspects Impact Evaluation&
Impact Zone Mitigation Measures EMP Scope
Land /
Soil
Quality
Removal of top
soil as a part of
construction
activity
Loss of topsoil Negative,
Short term
Insignificant
Confined to project
site
Top soil removed during construction
will be collected and stored in
covered and isolated area for its
replenishing and reuse for greenbelt
development
Planning and commencement
of green belt / area
development along with
construction phase
Noise Generation of
noise and
vibration due to
operation /
working of
construction
machineries
Hearing
defects in
workers /
employees
working with
the
machineries
Disturbance to local population
Negative,
Short term
Moderate and direct
Confined to project site and vicinity
Avoid construction activities during night time
Periodical servicing and lubrication
of moving parts of machineries for
reducing tear and wear
Provision of PPEs (ear muffs, ear plug) to workers working with machineries generating loud noise
For effective implementation,
these shall be made part of
contract conditions
Training to be imparted to
workers for use of PPEs and
motivate them to use the same
Ecology Site cleaning,
excavation
Nuisance to local flora and fauna
Negative,
Short term
Confined to project
site
Expert horticulturist will be deployed
to take care of green belt
development planning to enhance
the native species population
Planning and commencement
of green belt / area
development along with
construction phase
Occupational
Health &
Safety
Working at
height,
construction
of building,
use of lift and
elevators
Chances of
accidents to
workers
/labors
Negative,
Short term
Confined to project site
Impart adequate training to workers/ labors working onsite
Make them aware about risks involved
Provision of required PPEs for the
workers.
Preparation and implementation
of safe work procedures
Training to be imparted to workers for use of PPEs
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited..
115 | P a g e
Attribute Aspects Impact Evaluation&
Impact Zone Mitigation Measures EMP Scope
Socio-
economic
Labor force
requirement Employment
opportunity to
local people
Positive,
Short term
Quantifiable
Local residents in
the vicinity
- Ensure employment to local people as per requirement
Transportation of Materials
Air
Quality
Transportation
as well as
loading /
unloading of
construction
materials,
equipment and
machineries
Local
ambient air
quality
deterioration
due to
increased
vehicular
traffic
Negative,
Short term
Moderate
Transportation route
All transportation vehicles will be
suitably covered with tarpaulin &
overloading of the vehicles will be
avoided.
PUC certified vehicles will be used to avoid the exhaust emission.
Keeping minimum inventory/stock
of sand and other such dispersible
material at site
Transport contract to the agencies
having properly maintained & PUC
certified vehicles to avoid the
exhaust emission
Noise Transportation
as well as
loading /
unloading of
construction
materials,
equipment and
machineries
Disturbance to local population
Negative,
Short term
Moderate
Transportation route
Vehicular movement will be preferred during daytime
---
Occupational
Health &
Safety
Traffic
movement Chances of
accidents to
local people
Negative,
Short term
Moderate
To avoid unnecessary speeding
of vehicles on road as well as
inside the premises.
Provision of PPE’S.
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited..
116 | P a g e
Attribute Aspects Impact Evaluation &
Impact Zone Mitigation Measures EMP Scope
Socio-
economic
Contract to
transport
agencies
Chances of
contract to
local people
Negative,
Short term
Moderate
Transportation route
Ensure contract to local
agency / people as per
requirement
Installation of plant equipment and machineries
Water
Quantity
Installation,
testing and
commissioning of
plant equipment
and machineries
Water
consumption for
hydraulic testing
of machineries
Negative,
Short term
Insignificant
Possible reuse of water will be
made during equipment and
machineries testing
Optimal usage of water
Noise
Installation,
testing and
commissioning of
plant equipment
and machineries
Chances of
hearing defects
to workers
engaged
inactivity
Disturbance to local people
Negative,
Short term
Insignificant
(short term and
temporary in nature)
Confined to project
site
Provision of PPEs (ear muffs, ear
plug) to workers working with
machineries generating loud noise
Information to nearby community heads about plant commencement
Provision of acoustic
enclosures and vibrating
absorbance pads
Occupational
Health &
Safety
Installation,
testing and
commissioning of
plant equipment
and machineries
Chances of
accidents to
workers /
employees /
personnel
working
Negative,
Short term
Insignificant
Confined to project
site
- -
Socio-
economic
Unskilled, Semi
skilled and
Skilled Work
force
requirement
Opportunities of
employment
generation for
local people /
agencies
Positive,
Short term
- Employment opportunities to local people
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
117 | P a g e
4.7 Impacts during Operation Phase and Its Mitigative Measures
The proposed expansion activity will have the environmental impact due to the operation of the
project on environment due to the various industrial activities like, raw-materials handling,
Induction Furnace operation, thermal radiation, vehicular movement, finished product handling,
labors activity, electrical installation etc. The potential environmental impact identified due to
proposed expansion will be on environmental parameters
Ambient air
Noise due to the metal materials movement
Water environment
Soil
Land use
Socio-economic impacts
Ecology & Biodiversity
4.8 Air Environment
Long term impacts on the air quality are anticipated due to operational activities. The baseline
ambient air quality status in the study area during post monsoon season indicates that all the
criteria pollutants (gaseous as well as particulates), viz., PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOx, CO, etc. are
well within the prescribed National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS set by CPCB).
Stack monitoring for AOD unit, Induction furnace and DG set is carried out regularly. Air
pollution control measures like Bag filter is provided in the stack. Maintenance is and will be
done for good performance of APCM’s. The emissions are maintained as per CPCB limit.
4.8.1 Air Quality Modelling
AERMOD View – Lake Environmental Software, which is a Gaussian-Plume atmospheric
dispersion algorithm for estimating concentration of pollutant, has been used to predict the
Ground Level Concentrations (GLC’s) of PM10, SO2 and NOx due to plant activity. The GLC’s
were predicted on 24 hourly average basis keeping in view the prescribed national ambient air
quality standards (NAAQS).
Data used for Modeling
The hourly meteorological data along with emission rate for individual pollutants used for
prediction of air quality impacts as given in chapter 2 has been taken into consideration.
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
118 | P a g e
Particulate matter (PM10)
The predicted concentrations of PM10 for Post Monsoon season are shown in the form of
isopleths in Figure 4-1
Figure 4- 1 Ground Level Concentration of PM10
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
119 | P a g e
The maximum Ground Level Concentration for PM 10 GLC was found to be 1.43
μg/m3
Sulphur dioxide (SO2)
The predicted concentrations of SO2 for study period are shown in the form of isopleths in
Figure 4-2
Figure 4- 2 Ground Level Concentration of SO2
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
120 | P a g e
The maximum Ground Level concentration for SO2 GLC was found to be 0.59 μg/m3
Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx)
The predicted concentrations of NOx for study period are shown in the form of isopleths in
Figure 4-3.
Figure 4- 3 Ground Level Concentration of NOx
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
121 | P a g e
The maximum Ground Level concentration for NOx GLC was found to be 0.76 μg/m3
Sr. No.
Parameter
Location Code
Name of Location of Baseline study with maximum result
Distance & Direction of the maximum predicted incremental GLC from Project Site
Maximum Predicted GLC μg/m3 in study area
Baseline Result (Max.) μg/m3
Incremental result after development of Project
1 PM 10 AAQ-5
Vasundhara
99 m, S 1.43 83.2 84.63
2 PM 2.5 AAQ-5
Vasundhara
99 m, S 1.43 27.5 28.93
3 SO2 AAQ-5 Vasundhara
200 m, S 0.59 7.6 8.19
4 NOx AAQ-5 Vasundhara
200 m, ESE 0.76 12.1 12.86
The prediction results corresponding to PM10, SO2 and NOx as shown above indicate that the air
quality impacts with respect to pollutants exclusively from the proposed expansion projects
would be insignificant and the post-project status shall remain under prescribed NAAQS for
Industrial, Residential and other areas.
4.8.2 Effect of Particulate Matters on Materials, Vegetation, Animals and Human Being
The size of particles is directly linked to their potential for causing health problems. Small
particles less than 10 micrometers in diameter pose the greatest problems, because they can
get deep into your lungs, and some may even get into your bloodstream.
Exposure to such particles can affect both your lungs and your heart. Numerous scientific studies
have linked particle pollution exposure to a variety of problems, including:
Premature death in people with heart or lung disease
Non-fatal heart attacks
Irregular heartbeat
Aggravated asthma
Decreased lung function
Increased respiratory symptoms, such as irritation of the airways, coughing or difficulty in
breathing.
People with heart or lung diseases, children, and older adults are the most likely to be affected
by particle pollution exposure.
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
122 | P a g e
Environmental damage
Particles can be carried over long distances by wind and then settle on ground or water.
Depending on their chemical composition, the effects of this settling may include:
Making lakes and streams acidic
Changing the nutrient balance in coastal waters and large river basins
Depleting the nutrients in soil
Damaging sensitive forests and farm crops
Affecting the diversity of ecosystems
Contributing to acid rain effects.
Materials damage
PM can stain and damage stone and other materials, including culturally important objects such
as statues and monuments. Some of these effects are related to acid rain effects on materials.
Particulate matter (PM) alone or in combination with other pollutants constitutes a very serious
health hazard. PM enters the human body mainly via the respiratory system. Damage to the
respiratory organs may follow directly, since it has been observed particles having size between
0.01 to 0.1 µm which penetrate pulmonary compartment and deposit in it. It is extremely difficult
to obtain a direct relationship between exposure to various concentrations of PM and the
resulting effects upon human health.
Hence vehicular emissions will principally arise out of emissions from the exhausts of vehicles
used for the transport of Raw materials, fly ash and the transport of the workers. All vehicles
shall have Pollution Control Certificate (PUC) with regular maintenance check. However, their
effects are highly localized. In the dry season, there will also be some air pollution caused by re-
entrainment dust caused by operation of vehicles on dry roads and it’s proposed to control the
same by sprinkling on regular interval. Either covered dumpers shall be used or trucks shall be
covered through tarpaulin to prevent fugitive emissions.
4.8.3 Air environment
The air environment management will comprised for management of (1) Flue gas, (2) process
emission and (3) fugitive emission. (4) The flue gas monitoring sources are from (1) Bag Filters
connected to Induction Furnace through portable Hood over either crucible, (2) existing D.G.
set.
The flue gas emission from induction furnace will be controlled through the Pulse Jet
Bag Filter with provision of movable primary & secondary suction hood and emitted by
the adequate height stack to each of Induction Furnace. The stack gas emission will be
within the prescribed norm as applicable.
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
123 | P a g e
The existing D.G. set will be operated during the power supply failure. Flue gas from the
D.G. set will be within the prescribed norms.
The proposed manufacturing process does not involve in process emission. Hence, the
measures are not described.
The sources of fugitive emission will be through (1) vehicular movement (localized and
within the premises) (2) non-operative of APCM during electricity cut by PGVCL
(temporary in nature and not frequent in nature due to consistent electricity supply in
state Gujarat)
Transportation of vehicles will result in marginal increase in the levels of PM 10 & PM2.5, CO
and unburnt hydrocarbons. The impact will, however, be marginal, and temporary in nature.
However, proper maintenance of vehicles can minimize emissions. Dust suppression by
covering and water sprinkling and maintenance of vehicles will be carried out to keep air quality
to the minimum negative impact on the surroundings.
The following measures suggested controlling the fugitive emission during the Operation phase
to minimize the impact.
To sprinkle the water on exposed internal road on windy days
To maintain good housekeeping preferably at around the materials storage areas, its
handling area.
Trucks and vehicular movements should be regulated including speed and directions to
avoid on-site accident and injuries to workers and their dependents.
Adequately visible safety tags should be provided at site for ease of movement for
materials, vehicles and human corridors to avoid unsafe place at site.
Electrical safety measures should be addressed as the major activities will involve
electrical installations with heavy machineries.
4.8.4 Noise Environment
The noise effect on the nearest inhabitants during the construction activity will be negligible.
However on site workers using high noise producing equipment will adopt noise protection devices
like silencers, earmuffs. Noise prone activities will be avoided to the extent possible during night
particularly during a period 9 PM to 6 AM in order to have minimum environmental impact on the
neighborhood environment.
Overall, the impact of noise generated on the environment is likely to be insignificant, reversible
and localized in nature and mainly confined to the day hours within premises. The noise records
should be monitored for purpose of the compliances besides noise exposure study and necessary
safety and health aspect of the workers exposed to noise levels exposure time.
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
124 | P a g e
4.8.5 Water Environment
Water for the proposed unit will be sourced from Local Supply through tankers. Further, there
will be no housing facilities at site for construction workers and hence a major source of impact
on water environment will be avoided. The proposed work will have major construction work,
and will have work related to site development, Excavation, civil work, installation of equipment,
vessels etc. Proper and sufficient sanitary facilities will be provided to construction workers to
maintain all hygienic conditions at site. Furthermore, proposed sanitary facilities shall be utilized.
Storm water drains compatible with the local hydrological pattern of the area which is provided
to carry-off, any run-off or storm water from the premises. Care shall be taken during
construction work and will not create any obstruction/dips in the topography which can lead to
accumulation of water within premises leading to undesirable consequences like health and
hygiene problems etc.
The water requirement will be for drinking and for construction work (curing and concrete work).
4.8.6 Land Environment
During operation activity the impact of air, water and solid waste pollution on soil causes direct
and indirect effect on soil. For this, all the necessary air pollution control system will be
provided. So that there will not be any adverse impact on soil.
All necessary control steps/measures will be provided in proposed plant for handling, storage
and disposal of solid/ hazardous waste generated. Industry has also developed greenbelt within
the premises which prevent soil erosion which may change the land use
Soil Quality
Impact: There will be no major sources of land contamination from waste spillage. The used oil
shall be collected in drums and reused in the factory premises as a lubricant. The proposed
project is within the existing industrial premises and do not involve much resettlement and
rehabilitation problems.
Solid and Hazardous Waste Generation
The objective of waste management is to protect the environment by ensuring that waste does
not contaminate the environment at such rate or in such a form to damage the environment or
encumber the nature’s assimilative capacity. Waste elimination and minimization program is
crucial, both environmentally and economically for reducing waste related liabilities and cost. The major solid waste generated during the construction phase will be construction/ concrete
debris. Also domestic waste shall be generated. The same shall be sale to actual end users
after maximum possible re-melting.
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
125 | P a g e
During operation phase, waste generated can be categorized as hazardous waste, Non
Hazardous Waste and Domestic Solid Waste. Used oil and discarded bags & liners will be
mainly generated as hazardous waste which will be disposed as per Hazardous waste rules,
2016.
4.8.7 Socio-Economic Environment
Proposed project will have long term positive impact on socio-economic environment due to
generation of direct employment for about 50 People. Preference will be given to the local
people from then nearby villages as per the requirement and based on skills. In addition,
secondary job will be increased because of the day-to-day needs with the upcoming proposed
the project. This will increase the employment opportunity in the area as well as improve the
living standard of the people in the area which also will help in improving educational, medical,
health and sanitation awareness in the people. Local employees will get benefited by facilities
like drinking water, sanitation, first aid etc. provided by client.
Moreover, unit will carry out CER activities in the nearby area in the field of health, sanitation,
medical aids, educational aids and contribution in infrastructural development which has
beneficial impacts on socio-economic environment on need basis.
4.8.8 Ecology and Biodiversity
There is no sanctuary and national park within the 5 km area from the proposed project site.
Also no rare and endangered flora and fauna have been reported during study in 5 km area
surrounding to the project site. Proposed project will be carried out in the owned land and no
vegetation will be required to be cleared.
Chances of adverse effect on ecology due to the proposed project may be occurred due to air
pollution caused by flue gases emission. However, unit has adequate environmental
management systems. Regular monitoring of various parameters will be carried out. Thus, there
will not be any adverse impact occurred on surrounding ecology due to the proposed project.
Greenbelt development will have positive impact on flora and fauna.
4.8.9 Occupational Health
In the proposed unit, drinking water and sanitation facilities will be provided to workers. All the
necessary personal protective equipment’s shall be provided for the respective works. The unit
has provided such arrangements to minimize manual handling of chemicals and hazardous
wastes. Regular health check-ups will be carried out of all the workers and record is maintained
for the same. Medical, fire and safety trainings are given time-to-time. Moreover, unit will
provide proper environmental management system and operates the same efficiently. Thus,
there will not be any possibility of adverse impact on workers’ health & the same shall be
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
126 | P a g e
continued further with the upcoming proposed project. Thus, no adverse impact is expected on
sanitation and community health.
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
127 | P a g e
Table of Contents
5 Chapter 5 Analysis of Alternatives ............................................................................... 128
5.1 Introduction ............................................................................................................. 128
5.2 Project Details ......................................................................................................... 128
5.3 Site Alternative ........................................................................................................ 128
5.4 Alternative for Technologies .................................................................................. 129
List of Tables
Table 5-1 Particular Proposed Technology Alternatives .................................................... 129
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
128 | P a g e
5 Chapter 5 Analysis of Alternatives
5.1 Introduction
Alternative analysis is the process of analyzing the project’s location for suitability of basic
necessities to operate the plant safely this analysis also covers the environmental aspect of
pollution prevention and improvement in quality of life near to the project vicinity. The project
alternative is the course of action in pace of another, that would meet the same purpose and
need, but which would avoid or minimize negative impacts and enhance project benefits. Such
projects may result in specific impacts which can be avoided or mitigated by adherence to
certain predetermined performance standards, guidelines or design criteria. Alternative
approaches may therefore be more effective integrating environmental and social concerns into
the project planning process.
5.2 Project Details
M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited is proposing expansion of integrated steel plant at Sr.
no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1, Garida, Ta. Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621
The proposed project falls under the item no. 3(a) under Category B1 as per the EIA
notification-2006 (as amended timely).
5.3 Site Alternative
The project site is in proximity of Morbi District of Gujarat State and the fact is that the proposed
expansion project is to be done within the project area. Project proponent is very well familiar
with the surrounding environment therefore, it becomes easy for the unit to set up, operate &
maintain the project on above said location.
The other supporting features are briefly summarized hereunder:
Availability of adequate land; Availability of all basic facilities like infrastructure,
communication, transportation, medical facilities, fuel, water, power, unskilled & skilled
manpower, raw materials, road network etc.
Proximity of market; Nearest town Wankaner is 18 km away from the project site which
is very well connected with other parts of the country by road & rail
No R & R will be required as it’s an expansion project; Easy availability of manpower.
No national park or wildlife habitats fall within 5 km radial distance from the project site.
The location of project is best suited to expand the manufacturing activities. So no
alternative for site is analyzed.
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
129 | P a g e
5.4 Alternative for Technologies
Table 5-1 Particular Proposed Technology Alternatives
Sr. No.
Particular Proposed technologies Alternatives
1. Manufacturing
Process
The unit will adopt latest and best technology available so far in the market for the manufacturing of proposed products to achieve maximum yield with minimum pollution generation and fugitive emission.
The unit is very concerned and conscious about the product quality and equally about the environmental protection & resource conservation. Hence, unit will put continuous efforts for replacing / upgrading plant and machineries from time to time with the best available technology.
2. Water
Domestic wastewater will be treated in unit’s own STP and reused for gardening Low TDS process water will be reused for sprinkling
---
3. Air
Pulse jet type Bag Filter with Provision of movable primary & secondary suction hood for Induction Furnace and Multi cyclone dust collector followed by water Scrubber for Reheating Furnace are provided. Same will be upgraded after expansion of Project. Adequate stack height will be provided for DG set with acoustic enclosure.
Proposed technology is suitable to control emission of process gases & adequately designed, considering the pollution load, to maintain prescribed norms of GPCB.
4. Solid/
Hazardous waste
Solid & Hazardous Waste is stored in separate storage area and Hazardous Waste is return to supplier, reuse of waste & disposal by selling to registered recycler as per Hazardous and other waste rules, 2016.
No new changes are required for switching on to other alternative
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
130 | P a g e
Table of Contents
6 Chapter 6 Environmental Monitoring Program ............................................................ 131
6.1 Environmental Monitoring Program ...................................................................... 131
6.2 Objectives of Monitoring ........................................................................................ 131
6.3 Environmental Monitoring Program ...................................................................... 131
6.3.1 Monitoring and Reporting Procedure ............................................................. 131
6.4 Monitoring Equipment and Consumables ............................................................. 132
List of Tables
Table 6-1 Environmental Monitoring Plan (During Operational Phase) ............................ 132
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
131 | P a g e
6 Chapter 6 Environmental Monitoring Program
6.1 Environmental Monitoring Program
Environmental monitoring describes the processes and activities that need to take place to
characterize and monitor the quality of the environment. Environmental monitoring is used in the
Preparation of environmental impact assessments, as well as in many circumstances in which
human activities carry a risk of harmful effects on the natural environment. All monitoring
strategies and programs have reasons and justifications which are often designed to establish
the current status of an environment or to establish trends in environmental parameters.
Environmental Monitoring Network is operation phase of the project for monitoring of various
environmental parameters like air, water, noise, soil etc.
6.2 Objectives of Monitoring
To comply with the statutory requirements of monitoring for compliance with conditions of
EC, NOC and CC&A.
To comply with the provision of factory Act.
To verify the result of the impact assessment study in particular with regards to new
development.
Identification of any significant adverse transformation in environmental condition to plan
additional mitigation measures; if & as required.
To check or assess the efficiency of the controlling measures.
To ensure that new parameters, other than those identified in the impact assessment
study, do not become critical through the commissioning of new project.
To establish a data base for future impact assessment studies for new project
.
6.3 Environmental Monitoring Program
Environmental Monitoring should be carried out during operation phase of the project.
6.3.1 Monitoring and Reporting Procedure
Regular monitoring of important and crucial environmental parameters is of immense
importance to assess the status of the environment during operational phase. With the
knowledge of baseline condition, the monitoring program can serve as an indicator for any
deterioration in environmental conditions due to operational phase and suitable mitigation steps
could be taken in time to safeguard the environment. Monitoring is as important as that of
control of pollution since the efficiency of control measures can only be determined by
monitoring. The proposed monitoring program gives below:
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
132 | P a g e
6.3.1.1 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring
Both ambient air quality and stack emission will be monitored. The ambient air quality with
respect to NOx, SO2, suspended particulate matter (PM10 and PM2.5) will be monitored in at
least 3-4 locations in and around the project site through a reputed environmental laboratory
recognized by MoEF&CC/NABL. Monitoring will be carried out for a period of 24 hours, every
month during construction phase and quarterly in operation phase. Similarly, all the stacks in the
proposed unit will be monitored once in three months with respect to NOx, SO2, Suspended
particulate matter (SPM).
6.3.1.2 Noise level monitoring
Monitoring of the noise level is essential to assess the effectiveness of Environmental
Management Plan implemented to reduce noise levels. A good quality sound level meter and
noise exposure meter may be procured for the same. Audiometric tests shall be conducted
periodically for the employees working close to the high noise sources. The noise levels due to
machines and equipments will be monitored regularly.
6.4 Monitoring Equipment and Consumables
A well-equipped laboratory with consumable items will be provided for monitoring of important
environmental parameters. Alternatively, monitoring can be outsourced from MoEF/NABL
recognized laboratory.
Table 6-1 Environmental Monitoring Plan (During Operational Phase)
Component Parameters Location Frequency Duration
Ambient Air Quality
PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOx,
Minimum 3-4 locations with one on upwind side, one on downwind and one on lateral side and one at project site.
Quarterly 24 hrs
Point Source Emissions
Particulates, SO2, NOx,
Each stack – for flue gas
Quarterly As per the CPCB guidelines
Noise level Leq day, Leq night, L10, L50, L90 dB(A)
In and around the work zone
Quarterly
24 hour reading with a frequency of 10 minutes every hour
Soil Quality Physico-chemical characteristics
At relevant locations Quarterly Sample every season
Ecology Survival rate of plantation
At locations of compensatory plantation and landscaping
Annually For 3 years after operation
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
133 | P a g e
starts
Health All relevant parameters
Quarterly Regular check ups
As per requirement
Solid waste Depending on type of wastes
Solid waste disposal location
Once during each season
One time sample
Ground & Drinking water
As per IS 10500: 2012
Adjoining village Quarterly At least at three Locations.
134 | P a g e
Table of Contents 7 Chapter 7Additional Studies ......................................................................................... 129
7.1 Risk Assessment ....................................................................................................... 129 7.1.1 Introduction ............................................................................................................. 129 7.1.2 Objectives .............................................................................................................. 129 7.1.3 Definition of Environmental Risks ...................................................................... 130 7.1.4 Identification of Hazards ...................................................................................... 131 7.1.5 Environmental Risk Evaluation ........................................................................... 136 7.1.6 Safety during Operation ....................................................................................... 143 7.1.7 Risk Management Measures ................................................................................ 146 7.2 On-Site Emergency Plan ......................................................................................... 147 7.3 DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN (DMP) ............................................................... 149
List of Tables
Table 7-1 Hazard Identification of the Proposed Steel Plant .............................................. 131
Table 7-2- Determination of risk potential ............................................................................. 137
List of Figures
Figure 7-1 ENVIRONMENTAL RISK QUALITATIVE ANALYSIS FLOW SHEET ............ 137 Figure 7-2 Risk contour of fuel oil ....................................................................................... 141
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
129 | P a g e
7 Chapter 7Additional Studies
7.1 Risk Assessment
7.1.1 Introduction
It is essential to apply modern approaches to safety practices based on good design,
management and operational control. It is essential to identify potential hazards while
assessing design and development proposals which handle hazardous materials. Risk
assessment techniques have been recognized as an important tool for integrating and
internalizing safety in plant operation and production sequencing. So the risk assessment is
mandatory for all new projects process industries dealing with hazardous materials and severe
operating conditions.
In the below sections, identifications of various hazardous, probable risks in the storage and
handling of hazardous materials are addressed which gives a broad identification of risks
involved in proposed manufacturing plant. The Disaster Management Plan is prepared
considering the hazard and risk involved in proposed manufacturing activity.
We here address the basic hazard process involved in the Induction furnace. Let‘s understand
the process involved: Induction furnaces produce their heat cleanly, without burning fuel.
Alternating electric current from an induction power unit flows into a furnace and through a coil
made of hollow copper tubing. Electrical current flowing in one direction in the induction coil
creates an electromagnetic field that induces an electrical current flow in the opposite direction
in the metal charge inside the furnace, producing heat that rapidly causes the metal to melt.
7.1.2 Objectives
The objectives of environmental risk assessment are governed by the following, which
excludes natural calamities:
a) Identifying the potential hazardous areas so that adequate design safety
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
130 | P a g e
measures can be adopted to reduce the likelihood of accidental events.
b) Identifying the stakeholders and evaluating their risk along with proposing
adequate control techniques.
c) Identifying the probable areas of environmental disaster which can be
prevented by proper design of the installations and its controlled operation.
d) Managing the emergency situation or a disastrous event, if any, during the
plant operation.
Environmental risk assessment is a systematic approach for identification, evaluation,
mitigation and control of hazards that could occur as a result of failures in process,
procedures, or equipment. Increasing industrial accidents, loss of life & property, public
scrutiny, statutory requirements and intense industrial processes, all contribute to a growing
need to ensure that risk management is conducted and implemented.
Managing a disastrous event would require prompt action by the operators and plant
emergency staff using all their existing resources like deployment of firefighting equipment,
operation of emergency shut off valves, water sprays etc.
Minimising the immediate consequences of a hazardous event include cordoning off,
evacuation, medical assistance and providing correct information to the families of the
affected persons and local public to avoid rumours and panic.
Lastly, an expert committee is required to probe the cause of such an event, even if it is a
"near miss" situation, note the loss incurred/would have been incurred, and suggest
remedial measures for implementation so that in future such events or similar events do not
recur.
7.1.3 Definition of Environmental Risks
The following terms related to environmental risks are defined before reviewing the
environmental risks:
Harm Damage to person, property or environment.
Hazard Situation that poses a level of threat to life, health, property,
or environment. A hazardous situation that has come to pass
is called an incident. Hazard and possibility interact together
to create risk. An environmental hazard is thus going to be a
set of circumstances, which leads to direct or indirect
degradation of environment and damage to the life and
property.
Risk The probability of harm or likelihood of harmful occurrence
and its severity. Environmental risk is a measure of the
potential threats to the environment, life and property.
Consequence Effect due to occurrence of the event, which may endanger
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
131 | P a g e
the environment permanently or temporarily and, or, loss of
life and property.
Environmental The consequence can extensively disaster damage any one
or all the four components of the environment, namely, (i)
physico-chemical, (ii) biological, (iii) human and (iv)
aesthetics.
7.1.4 Identification of Hazards
This is an early check of major hazards, which are of risk potential - including the potential for
disastrous interactions of the various plant operational activities. This checklist, though not
strictly speaking a Hazard and Operability Study (HAZOP) would considerably facilitate a full
scale HAZOP Study for final drawing up of risk management.
Measures when the ‗design-freeze‘ stage commences. The identification of hazards
anticipation for the proposed project activities are presented below.
Table 7-1 Hazard Identification of the Proposed Steel Plant
Group Item Nature of
Hazard
Hazard
Potential Remarks
Raw materials
handling
Coal for coking Fire Moderate Fire hazard
Water treatment
chemicals like
acids/alkalis
Toxic Major Bio-Corrosive
Production
units
Coke Plant
Dusts and fumes Asphyxiation Moderate Air pollution
VOC emission from
battery Toxic Moderate Health Hazard
Coke Oven Gas Fire & Toxic Major Fire and CO
hazard
Tar Fire & Toxic Moderate Flammable
Agglomeration
(Sintering) Dusts Respiratory Moderate
Ambient air
pollution
Iron making in
Release of untreated BF
water Toxic Major
Severe pollution
of surface water
BFG handling Fire Major Fire Hazard
Hot metal & slag
handling Fire Major Fire Hazard
Steel making in
Release of untreated
BOFs wastewater Toxic Major
Severe pollution
of surface water
BOFG handling Fire Major Bio-corrosive
Hot liquid steel & slag Heat Radiation Major Fire Hazard
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
132 | P a g e
handling
Rolling Mills
Gas firing Fire Major Fire Hazard
Release of untreated
wastewater Toxic Major
Severe pollution
of surface water
Captive Power
Plant (CPP) TRT Fire Major Fire Hazard
Utilities
-Fuel gas Gas leaks Fire & Toxic Major
Fire & CO
pollution
Electric Power
supply Short Circuit Fire Major Fire hazard
Liquid Fuel Fuel handling and
storage area Fire & Toxic Major Fire Hazard
Hydraulic oil
and lubricants
Accidental discharge of
hydraulic oil under
pressure
Fire & Toxic Moderate Fire and
personal injury
From the Table, it may be observed that major on-site emergency situation may occur from
the organic coal chemicals storage and handling, fuel gas handling, molten metal and slag
handling, acids and alkali storage and handling and electrical short-circuit. The off-site
environmental disaster may arise if large-scale fire or explosion occurs, the effect of which
extends beyond the plant boundary. The off-site environmental disaster may take place due
to significant environmental degradation for a sustained period.
7.1.4.1 Hazards due to handling of molten metal
Wet material charging and failure of refractory are common cause of molten metal spillage /
splashing in induction furnace. Wet charge materials are a serious safety hazard in all
foundries. Water, moisture, or any liquid-bearing material instantaneously turns to steam
when coming in contact with molten metal — expanding to 1,600 times its original volume
and producing a violent explosion. This occurs without warning and throws molten metal and
possibly high-temperature solids out of the furnace, putting workers, the furnace itself, and
nearby plant and equipment at risk.
A water/molten metal explosion can occur in any type of furnace. For an induction furnace,
however, the may be more serious, including the possibility of additional explosions caused by
liquid in a ruptured cooling system coming in contact with molten metal in the bath. Molten
metal need not be present in the furnace for a water/molten metal explosion to occur.
Explosions also can occur if sealed drums or containers containing water are charged into an
empty but hot furnace. In this case, the force of the explosion will eject the newly charged
material and quite likely damage the refractory lining as well. Human interference are
eliminated near the Furnace during the operations.
Eliminating Wet Scrap
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
133 | P a g e
In foundries where most of the charge originates as scrap, wet charge materials pose the greatest cause for concern.
Some foundries reduce the possibility of water/molten metal explosions by storing scrap under cover for at least one day and then carefully inspecting the charge for any residual moisture. A more reliable solution being used by an increasing number of foundries today is to use remote charging systems with charge dryers or pre heaters.
Remote charging systems permit the operator to be away from the furnace or behind protective screens during charging. Dryers and pre heaters maximize the removal of water and moisture before the scrap enters the bath.
Sealed Containers
An easily overlooked danger is posed by sealed containers and sections of tubing or piping that are sheared, closing the ends. Containers holding combustible liquids or their fumes will explode long before the scrap itself melts. Pre- heating sealed materials will not prevent this hazard. Aerosol cans, oxygen cylinders, propane tanks, acetylene tanks and shock absorbers must never be used as charge material.
In fact, there is a risk that a sealed container will explode in- side the preheating systems. Operator vigilance is the only preventive measure.
Cold charges, tools, cold aluminium ―sow‖ moulds and easily fragmented materials pose a special hazard for induction furnaces and their operating personnel because they may contain a thin layer of surface or absorbed moisture. On contact with the bath, the moisture turns to steam, causing spitting or splashing.
Appropriate protective clothing and face and eye protection normally will protect the operator. Preheating the charge and tools helps prevent many splashing injuries.
In ferrous metal foundries the greatest splashing risk occurs toward the end of the melt, when a foundry worker adds ferroalloys or introduces tools into the melt. Ferro-alloy materials can absorb moisture from their surroundings. Sampling spoons and slag rakes collect moisture as a thin film of condensation. Following manufacturers‘ instructions for storing alloying materials and preheating tools minimizes moisture accumulation, reducing the risk of splashing.
Since it is impossible to wring every bit of humidity from the open air, there is always a potential for moisture condensation and splashing. Moisture condensation and absorption tend to increase with time between melts. Therefore, the greatest splashing hazards are likely to occur at the beginning of the work week or workday, or after a furnace have been taken out of service for maintenance.
Allowing more time for the initial melt during this start- up periods can help to reduce the potential for splashing hazards. During normal pours, sparks can ignite flammable clothing, causing serious injury if workers are not properly protected.
Bridging Hazard
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
134 | P a g e
It is important that care be taken when charging the furnace so that charge continues to feed into the molten pool properly. If it hangs up due to interlocking or bridging, superheating below can erode the refractory, causing molten metal to penetrate to the coil.
This results in loss of the melt and loss of the lining, and represents a very dangerous condition. Should the molten metal burn through the coil, the water in the coil can cause an explosion, causing serious injury or death.
When material charged into the top portion of the furnace is not in contact with the molten metal in the bottom of the furnace, the condition known as ―bridging‖ exists.
When bridging occurs, unmelted charge material is no longer serving to moderate the temperature of the bath during the melting cycle. Also, the air gap between the molten metal and the bridge acts as an insulator. The molten metal in the bottom of the furnace, under the impact of melting power, will superheat.
This superheating in an induction furnace will occur very rapidly and will soon raise the temperature of the bath above the maximum temperature rating of the refractory.
Also, excessive stirring in the bottom of the furnace, due to the small metal mass and high power density will combine with the high metal temperature to cause rapid lining erosion or possibly complete refractory failure.
Without immediate attention to a ―bridging‖ condition, a run-out or explosion will occur. If the run out is through the bottom of the furnace, it can cause a fire under the furnace and in the pit area with loss of hydraulics and water cooling.
If the molten metal melts through the furnace coil and water comes in contact with the molten metal, the water instantaneously turns into steam with an expansion rate of 1600 to 1.
If the water gets under the molten metal, this instantaneous expansion will produce an explosion which could cause injury or death and extensive damage to equipment.
Be sure to keep the furnace pit area clean and dry because it is designed to hold molten metal in case of an emergency.
Bridging can occur in any induction furnace and all furnace operators must be trained to be able to recognize bridging and its dangers. All operators must be trained how to solve a bridging problem.
Warning Signs of Bridging
Bridging may reveal itself with one of several warning signs. The clearest warning sign that bridging has occurred is that the melt is taking longer than expected. Rather than increase the power, the operator must switch off power and evacuate all personnel from the area immediately. Under no circumstances should the operator increase power.
If ferrous metal is being melted, the chemical reaction which it creates on contact with the furnace lining wills, under superheated conditions, produce carbon monoxide.
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
135 | P a g e
This gas may reveal itself as small blue flames on or in the bridge. The appearance of these flames indicates the bridge may be pressurized, and it must not be breached. In the case of a nonferrous charge, gas production will also occur, but there are no flames or other visible indications.
In the event of a Bridge
Bridging can be minimized by using proper charge material and by making sure the different sizes of charge material are added correctly. If a bridge occurs, power must be turned off immediately. All personnel must be evacuated from the furnace area until enough time has elapsed to allow the molten metal to solidify.
Ground & Leak Detection Systems
The ground detector is a primary safety device. Never operate the unit with a faulty ground detection system. Many factors (lining condition, etc.) influence the operation and speed of operation of the ground leak detector. If a leak is suspected at any time, cease operation, clear the melt deck area of all personnel and empty the furnace.
The ground and leak detector system for use with most coreless induction furnaces and power supply units is crucial to safe melting and holding operations. The system, which includes both a ground detector module associated with the power supply and a ground leak probe, located in the furnace (except in removable crucible furnaces), is designed to provide important protection against electrical shock and warning of metal to coil penetration, a highly dangerous condition that could lead to a furnace eruption or explosion.
Ground Leak Probe Key to Protection
Key to this protection in furnaces with rammed linings or conductive crucibles is the ground leak
probe in the bottom of the furnace. This probe is composed of an electrical ground connected to
several wires extending through the refractory and in contact with the molten bath or
conductive crucible. This system serves to electrically ground the molten bath.
Both of these probe configurations are designed to provide shock protection to melt deck
workers by helping to en- sure that there is no voltage potential in the molten bath. If molten
metal were to touch the coil, the ground leak probe would conduct current from the coil to
ground.
This would be detected by the ground detector module and the power would be shut off to stop
any coil arcing. This also would prevent high voltage from being carried by the molten metal or
furnace charge.
Such high voltage could cause serious or even fatal electrical shock to the operator if he/she
were to come into conductive contact with the bath. Coil cooling sections in the top and bottom
of a steel shell furnace serve to maintain uniform refractory temperatures throughout the
furnace to maximize lining life. In steel shell furnaces, these cooling sections are electrically
isolated from the active coil, principally to insulate the active coil from ground leakage at the
top and bottom of the furnace. If a fin of metal reaches the cooling coil, the metal simply
freezes. The ground and leak detector system can sense metal penetration to the cooling
sections while maintaining AC isolation of these cooling sections from the active coil. This
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
136 | P a g e
improved arrangement is accomplished by incorporating a simple device in all new steel shell
furnaces to put low-level DC voltage on the top and bottom cooling coils. With this voltage, a
metal fin touching a cooling section will trip the ground leak detector, turning off the power to
the furnace and alerting the operator to the problem. And since the voltage on the cooling coil
is low, the fault will generate only extremely low current, upto 150 milli amperes.
Unlike systems which directly connect their cooling coil sections to the active coil to provide
ground fault detector protection, this low current poses no risk to the coil. It avoids the danger
of a large fault blowing a hole in the tubing used for cooling coils.
The coreless furnace must not be operated without a functioning ground detector and ground
leak probe. The ground leak probe may not be required in removable crucibles and some
special vacuum furnaces. As a normal safety precaution, power to the furnace must always be
turned off during slagging, sampling and temperature measuring.
7.1.5 Environmental Risk Evaluation
From environmental hazards point of view, risk analysis (RA) acts as a scrutinizing vehicle for
establishing the priority in risk management that concerns human health and environmental quality
in general. Though the proposed facilities are not manufacturing, storing or handling any potentially
hazardous/toxic chemicals as scheduled in Manufacture, Storage and Import of Hazardous
Chemicals (MSHC) Rules, 1989 and its amendments thereof, the proposed facility would have
installations, such as, storage and handling of fuel oil.
Environmental Qualitative Risk Analysis Flow Chart Procedure is explicitly depicted on the next
page.
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
137 | P a g e
As revealed in the chart in the preceding page, raw materials & consumable chemicals, and
processing of the same in various production units, along with relative risk potential analysis is
made on the following three factors using a P/I (Probability/ Impact) analysis methodology:
i) likelihood of occurrence
ii) likelihood of detection
iii) severity of consequence
Each of these factors is graded and compiled to determine the risk potential. The factors
governing the determination of relative risk potentials are presented below.
Table 7-2- Determination of risk potential
(A) (B) (C)
Likelihood of
occurrence
Likelihood of
detection
Severity of
consequence
Figure 7-1 ENVIRONMENTAL RISK QUALITATIVE ANALYSIS FLOW SHEET
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
138 | P a g e
Criteria Rank Criteria Rank Criteria Rank
Very High 5 Very High 1 None 2
High 4 High 2 Minor 4
Moderate 3 Moderate 3 Low 6
Low 2 Low 4 Moderate 8
Very Low 1 Very Low 5 High 10
RISK POTENTIAL (RP) = (A + B) x C
Based on the above stated criteria for assessing the risk, each probable event has been evaluated
by addressing several questions on the probability of event occurrence in view of the in-built
design features, detection response, operational practice and its likely consequence.
7.1.5.1 Quantitative Risk Assessment of Fuel oil
Step 1: Identification of Hazard
Hazard identification and risk assessment involves following steps; Step 1: Identification of the
Hazard Identification is an important step in Risk Analysis. Factors such as the physical &
chemical properties of the products being handled, the arrangement of storage tanks,
operating and maintenance procedures, loading and unloading of the products. External
hazards such as interference, extreme environmental conditions, ignition temperatures etc. are
considered. A technique used to generate an incident list is to consider potential leaks and
major releases from fractures of tanks and jetty pipelines. This compilation includes all pipe
work and equipment in direct communication, as these may share a significant inventory that
cannot be isolated in an emergency.
The following data were collected to envisage scenarios:
• Product, which flow through the jetty pipelines.
• Pipeline conditions (flow rate, phase, temperature, pressure).
• Connecting piping and piping dimensions
• Storage conditions of products.
Step 2: Assessment of the Risk
The assessment of risks is based on the consequences and likelihood. Risk arising from the
hazards and consideration of its tolerability to personnel, the facility and the environment. This
involves the identification of initiating events, possible accident sequences, and likelihood of
occurrence and assessment of the consequences. The acceptability of the estimated risk must
then be judged based upon criteria appropriate to the particular situation.
The study displays its estimate as a threat zone, which is an area where a hazard (such as
toxicity, flammability, thermal radiation, or damaging overpressure) has exceeded a user
specified Level of Concern (LOC). The software (ALOHA) allows to model many release
scenarios: Toxic area of vapour cloud, Flammable area of vapour cloud, Jet fires, Vapor cloud
explosions, and pool fires. Depending on the release scenario, evaluates the type of hazard.
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
139 | P a g e
A single incident (Ex. Leak or rupture of a pressurized flammable liquid tank) can have many
distinct incident outcomes (Ex. Vapour Cloud Explosion (VCE), Jet fire).
Step 3: Elimination or Reduction of the Risk
This involves identifying possibility to reduce the likelihood and/or consequence of an accident.
The measures to control and mitigate hazards and risks are simple and involve modifications to
conform to standard practice.
The general hierarchy of risk reducing measures is:
• Prevention (by distance or design)
• Detection (Ex. fire & gas, leak detection)
• Control (Ex. emergency shutdown & controlled depressurization)
• Mitigation (Ex. firefighting and passive fire protection)
• Emergency response (in case safety barriers fail)
During the hazard identification component, the following considerations are considered.
Chemical identities
• The quantity of material that could be involved in an airborne release and
• The nature of the hazard (e.g. airborne toxic vapours or mists, fire, explosion, large
quantities stored or processed handling conditions) most likely to accompany hazardous
materials spills or releases.
The National Fire Protection Agency (NFPA) is responsible for 380 codes and standards that
are designed to minimize the risk and effects of fire by establishing criteria for building,
processing, design, service and installation
NFPA Classification
Health Fire
0-No Hazard 0- Will not burn
1- Can cause significant irritation 1- Must be preheated before ignition occur
2- Can cause temporary incapacitation or
residual injury
2- Must be heated or high ambient
temperature to burn
3- Can cause serious or permanent injury 3- Can be ignited under almost all ambient
4- Can be lethal 4- Will vaporize and readily burn at normal
temperature
Characteristics of chemical
Products Flash
point
(oC)
Boiling
Point
Class of
Petroleum
Max
storage
NFPA Rating
Health Instability Flammability
High
Speed
Diesel
32 to
96 - Class B 1 KL 1 0 2
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
140 | P a g e
CHEMICAL DATA: Chemical Name: HSD
Molecular Weight: 99.00 g/mol
AEGL-1 (60 min): 730 mg/ (cu m)
AEGL-2 (60 min): 7500 mg/ (cu m)
AEGL-3 (60 min): N/A
IDLH: 1000 ppm
LEL: 100 ppm
UEL: 500 ppm
Ambient Boiling Point: 194.0° F
Vapor Pressure at Ambient Temperature: 0.31 atm
Ambient Saturation Concentration: 306,323 ppm or 30.6%
ATMOSPHERIC DATA: (MANUAL INPUT OF DATA)
Wind: 3.07 meters/second from NE at 3 meters
Ground Roughness: open country
Cloud Cover: 5 tenths Air
Temperature: 31° C Stability
Class: C No Inversion Height
Relative Humidity: 60%
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
141 | P a g e
Figure 7-2 Risk contour of fuel oil
A HAZOP Study for the selected units/areas needs to be undertaken at the ‗design-freeze‘
stage, when P&I diagrams, shop layout drawings, control logic diagrams, technical
specifications etc are made ready. For these areas, ‗Fault Tree Analysis‘ of the failure of
equipment/valve component or due to human error can be carried out to assess more
realistically the risk involved and draw up final management measures. It is also suggested to
conduct HAZOP/HAZID Study for the fuel gas distribution network to incorporate last minute
corrections in the design of the system from fail-safe angle, prior to commissioning.
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
142 | P a g e
7.1.5.2 Safety During Construction
Safety during construction would be an important aspect with regards to risk analysis of the
project. The safety during construction would be prescribed as follows:
i) Ensure that all employees and contract workers are well versed with the safety guidelines of the organisation and well equipped with the Personal Protective equipments (PPEs) such as safety helmets, safety shoes, goggles, hand gloves, safety jackets, earmuffs, etc.
ii) Ensure that Construction Safety Manual elaborating all the safety rules/guidelines is in place and is followed by all concerned directly or indirectly involved in construction.
iii) Ensure that Safety gears like Fall arresters, lifelines etc are used compulsorily for height work
iv) Ensure that the Operating procedures and control management system is in place and meticulously followed by all workers.
v) Ensure regular safety suit, identify and analyse hazards to reduce risk associated with the particular operation.
vi) Arrange display signs for material strictly prohibited inside any work premises like inflammable materials, firearms, weapons & ammunitions, etc.
vii) Arrange display signs for restricted area
viii) Arrange direction signs (night glowing) and speed limit signs along the construction roads.
ix) Arrange clear demarcation of passage within Construction area with proper safety arrangements,
x) Developing ‗Dos‘ &‗Don‘ts‘ during various types of works like working at heights, etc.
xi) Ensure that emergency control mechanisms like switch, valve and emergency lamp are covered with shield, water & shock resistance cover during rain etc and peddle switch for bigger rotating machinery mixer etc. There should be no temporary cable joints and open air working switch yard at enriched level.
xii) Adequate information about emergency numbers shall be displayed everywhere. There would be emergency control room, emergency controller, shift emergency controller to take proper control of any unwanted situation and have an overall control.
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
143 | P a g e
Following the above measures would ensure that safety is being strictly followed during
all construction activities.
7.1.6 Safety during Operation
PPEs requirement for head to toe protection is described in the following subsection.
i) Head Protection
Purpose: To protect the head from injury due to falling or moving objects, impact on stationary objects and from impact due to falls. Requirements:
a) Safety helmets must be worn where recognized potential for the injuries described above exists.
b) Safety helmets shall not be modified or painted as this may affect the integrity of the helmet
c) In order to allow safety helmet colours to be used to differentiate personnel and visitors from other personnel and to make personnel visibility different colours should be reserved and followed
d) Helmet should be made up of FRP which should meet the standard IS: 2925 or EN 397. e) Helmets should be cleaned by dipping in hot water (140 0 F) with good detergent for 1 minute and scrub.
f) It should be periodically inspected for any scratches, wear and tear.
ii) Eye Protection
Purpose: To protect eyes from damage due to impact, penetration, burns, splashes and flying particles and ultra violet radiation.
a) Safety goggles must be worn at all times in all secure boundary areas except while inside an office, amenity, cabin or fully enclosed vehicle. If the employee has power in eyes (myopic/ hypermetropic), power industrial glasses shall be used. In absence of well suited power industrial goggles, over goggles with prescription glasses shall be used.
b) Selection of goggles must be done on the basis of type of job/ environment.
c) Different type of goggles should be used for chemical splashes, dusty environment, heat prone areas, for oven inspection or while looking at the red molten metals.
d) Safety Goggles should be made up of polycarbonate material & meet the Standard ANSI Z87.1 2003 or EN166.
e) For cleaning Polycarbonate glasses, they should be washed with water and then wiped off to avoid scratches.
iii) Hearing Protection
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
144 | P a g e
Purpose: To conserve the hearing of personnel by use of hearing protection appropriate for reducing the received sound energy levels of noisy equipment and processes to acceptable levels.
Requirement:
a) Specified hearing protection i.e. ear plug or ear muff shall be worn if the noise level is above 85 decibel. All areas requiring the wearing of hearing protection shall be clearly sign posted.
b) Ear muff & Ear plug should meet the Standard EN 352.
c) Disposable ear plugs should be discarded after every use or as it gets dirty.
iv) Hand Protection
Purpose: To protect the hand from injuries such as cuts, grazes, burns, ingress of chemicals & electric shock.
Requirements:
a) The personnel should wear hand gloves as per the hazard other than general purpose cotton hand gloves or knitted hand gloves while performing their job/ task as mentioned in the SOP.
b) Hand Gloves should meet the standard EN 420 for general requirement, EN 388 for mechanical hazard, EN 407 for molten metal splashes and heat applications.
c) Selection of hand gloves should be done on basis of application.
d) Before use, they should be checked for punctures, tears or other defects and discarded if found not OK. Chemical-use gloves should be tested for leaks periodically by inflation with air and immersion in water. Do not use this test for polyvinyl alcohol gloves as they are water soluble.
e) Disposable gloves should not be reused. Contaminated gloves must be disposed in an appropriate manner and should not be placed in the regular trash. Always store gloves in a clean, accessible area. Never store contaminated gloves – dispose of them in the appropriate manner.
v) Foot Protection
Purpose: To protect the feet from risks ranging from crush and impact injuries to slips, cuts, penetration wounds, electric shock and splashes with liquids and molten metal.
Requirements:
a) Personnel working inside the plant must wear ISO /EN approved safety footwear, in good condition.
b) To ensure footwear quality, personnel are required to wear prescribed company issued safety footwear, in good condition, while working in the plant.
c) The personnel should worn Heat resistance boot if the surface temperature is more than 100 Degree Celsius in their work place.
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
145 | P a g e
d) The personnel should wear PVC Gum boot if they have to perform their job in muck/ mud or leg can dip into above the ankle.
e) Safety shoes meet the standard ISO 20345.
vi) Respiratory Protection
Purpose: To protect all employees (of the company as well as of the contractors) against respiratory hazards through the use of respiratory protective equipment.
Requirements:
a) The primary control of contaminated air shall be maintained through engineering methods by confining processes, providing exhausts, or providing substitution of less toxic materials. Where engineering remedies are not feasible or are not available, or while they are being evaluated or implemented, and when the atmospheric exposure to a toxic material may exceed the recommended ceiling or time-weighted average limit for a given pollutant, respiratory protection will be required to protect the health of employees.
b) Suitable respirator will be provided to the employee by the department in consultation with Safety expert and manufacturer (if required).
c) While selecting a respirator for a particular job environment following factors to be considered
Severity of hazard
Expected activity of the wearer
Degree of protection required
Ease and comfort with which it can be worn
People using the equipment should understand its operation and necessity of use.
vii) Body Protection
Purpose: To protect the body from injuries such as cuts, grazes, burns and the effects of exposure to heat, cold and ultra violet radiation & collision from moving machines.
Requirements:
a) Persons working in the plant are required to wear right industrial clothing in good condition. Clothing must fully cover the legs and arms. If specified in Departmental Standard Operating Procedure (SOP), it may be acceptable to wear short sleeved shirts in specific plant areas or for specific tasks.
b) Specific PPE should be used if person is exposed to hazard of molten metal splashes, electric flash, high heat, radiation, chemical splash complying with relevant EN/ ANSI standards. Clauses like E for molten spatter protection in EN 11612 shall be applicable.
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
146 | P a g e
c) Chemical protective clothing should be used when there may be exposure to chemicals presenting a skin contact hazard, for example, when transferring chemicals from one container to another, when opening or entering systems such as pipelines, reactors, filters, or storage tanks, or when connecting or disconnecting cargo tanks.
e) High visibility jacket complying to EN 471 or equivalent should be used to make personnel more visible to avoid collision from heavy vehicles and moving equipment Machines. f) Rail crew jackets should be worn for people working on or near rail tracks. g) Double Lanyard Full Body Harness to be used while working at height.
7.1.7 Risk Management Measures
The risk management measures for the proposed project activities require adoption of best
safety practice at respective construction zones within the Works boundary. In addition, the
design and engineering of the proposed facilities would take into consideration proposed
protection measures for air and water environment as outlined in earlier Chapter.
7.1.7.1 Electrical Safety
Adequately rated quick-response circuit breakers, aided by reliable, selective
digital/microprocessor-based electro-magnetic protective relays would be incorporated in the
electrical system design for the proposed Project. The metering instruments would be of
proper accuracy class and scale dimensions. Appropriate use of ELCBs shall be ensured for
all construction related low voltage work.
7.1.7.2 Fire Prevention
In addition to the yard fire hydrant system, each individual shop would be provided with fire
and smoke detection alarm system. Fire detection system would be interlocked with
automated water sprinklers.
The use, storage and handling of hazardous materials in unit require special care for its
receipt to end use by storages, transfer of hazardous materials at premises. The hazardous
materials storages, handling, use and produce require understanding the hazard
characteristics, storage property, handling precautions, preventive measures during the
handling.
Safety Measures
Details of flame proof electrical fittings, DCP extinguishers and other safety measures:
Thermal Suits
Flame proof electrical motors, pump and switches are provided.
Separate storage of flammable materials with proper labelling and marking with authorized entry.
No Smoking - board
Safe Operating Procedure for each operation
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
147 | P a g e
Train and qualified manpower for hazardous materials handling with knowledge of hazards and precautions
Water Shower off-Production area
Flameproof fittings at solvent usage area.
Use of proper PPEs for relevant activity.
Availability of First-Aid box with required contents
Premedical and periodical medical examination of worker
Inspection and checking of fire extinguishers, cranes, pressure vessels, hoist, chain pulley, etc. at periodic intervals.
Maintain proper housekeeping
CO Detection and Prevention
Carbon Monoxide (CO), a potential toxic gas, is produced due to incomplete combustion of carbonaceous fuel. Exposure to CO, due to leakage and other accidental causes, is associated with headache, dizziness, fatigue, and even death at elevated concentration. Hence, it is important to install carbon monoxide detector/alarm in BF areas and pipelines to detect the presence of carbon monoxide (CO) and sounds an alarm to alert personnel in case there is CO leakage. This would immediately stir probe and management of the scenario. Proper maintenance of the detector system is crucial.
7.2 On-Site Emergency Plan
Emergency planning is an integral part of the environment and safety management of an
organisation. Emergency may arise due to manmade reasons resulting in heavy leakage,
fire, explosion, failure of critical control system, design deficiency, unsafe acts, etc, and
natural causes like earthquake, flood, cyclone, excessive rain, etc. It is crucial for effective
management of an accident to minimize the losses to the people and property, both in and
around the facility, termed as on-site and off-site emergency plan.
The vital aspect in emergency management is to prevent accidents and losses by technical
and organizational measures. Emergency planning demonstrates the organizational
commitment to the safety of employees and adds to the organization‘s safety awareness.
The objective of the on-site emergency plan is to make maximum use of the combined
resources of the factory and the outside services to:
i) Initially contain and ultimately bring the incident under control
ii) Minimize damage to property and environment
iii) Effective rescue and treatment of casualties
iv) Safeguard personnel in the premises (Provision of safe assembly points and
escape route)
v) Provide information to relatives
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
148 | P a g e
vi) Identify any casualty
vii) Provide authoritative information to news/media
viii) Secure safe rehabilitation of affected areas
ix) Preserve relevant records and equipment for
subsequent inquiry into the cause and circumstances of emergency
The on-site emergency plan relates to a laid-down procedure after taking care of all
precautionary measures at the time of design-freezing and plant trial testing. The Operations
General Manager would have the responsibility to implement this procedure manual.
Implementation involves the following:
i) The Environment Management Division (EMD) would have separate group
manned by only those persons, who are capable of keeping themselves
unperturbed and cool during emergency. They would be fast in taking decision
and implementation of the same.
ii) The command area, duties and responsibilities to the assigned person would
be defined as-
iii) These key personnel of unit would work as ‗Works Incident Controller‘ for
respective areas and one man as ‗Works Main Controller‘.
iv) These key personnel would be trained with various simulated cases, if
necessary, and how the problems need to be tackled.
v) Unit would be equipped with communication and public alarm system.
vi) Assessment of the size and nature of the events foreseen, its probability of
occurrence and if happens, the advanced action plan.
vii) Liaison with the outside local authorities including the
emergency services.
viii) Rehearsing emergency procedures.
Accident Statistics
The section of EMD dealing with Emergency would record the events of both minor and major accidents, listing all the details such as place, date &time, duration, probable cause, extent of damage, personnel affected, man-hours lost, medical assistance provided etc so as to analyse these data for drawing up necessary corrective measures.
Safety Inspections
Monthly safety inspection of all departments would be carried out by Health & Safety Department. Additionally, half-yearly Safety Audit is performed including all aspects of Occupational Health &Safety for all the areas
Off-Site Emergency Planning
The off-site emergency plan is also an integral part of any major hazard control system. This particular plan relates to only those accidental events, which could affect people and the environment outside the plant boundary. Incidents, which would have very
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
149 | P a g e
severe consequences, yet have a small probability of occurrence would be in this category
The implementing authority of the off-site plan is the local authority and not the plant authority. But unit would have a written document on how to ask for off-site plan implementation in case the consequence of any event escalates to such an extent that it goes beyond the plant authority‘s jurisdiction. Probability of such occurrence is though remote, but still there remains a probability.
The M/s. Sunrise Multisteel Pvt. Ltd. would therefore have laid down procedure covering the following:
Identification of local authorities like civil defence, police, district collectors, their names, addresses and communication links.
Details of availability and location of heavy duty equipment like bull dozers, fire-fighting equipment etc.
Details of specialist agencies, firms and people upon whom it may be necessary to call.
Details of voluntary organization.
Meteorological information.
Humanitarian arrangements like transport, evacuation centres, first aid, ambulance, community kitchen etc.
Public information through media, informing relatives, public address system etc.
Testing of Emergency Planning
The plant authority would test from time to time the efficacy of off-site emergency plan in conjunction with on-site emergency plan. One essential component of this mock drill is to see that whether procedures related to communication, mobilisation of equipment and overall co-ordination to face the crisis is in order or not.
7.3 DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN (DMP)
A disaster is a catastrophic event that causes serious injuries, loss of life &extensive damage to
Plant & property. It is a situation which goes beyond the control of the available resource of any
authority or organization. A number of factors could trigger accidents leading to a disaster, some
of which are as follows: (a) Process and safety system failures - Technical errors - Human
errors (b) Natural Calamities: earthquake, Tsunami etc.
The DMP is formulated with an aim of taking precautionary measures to control the hazard
propagation and to take such action that the damage following a disaster is the minimum.
The objective of the DMP is to make use of the combined resources of the plant and the outside
services to achieve the following:
i) Effective rescue and medical treatment of casualties
ii) Safeguard other people
iii) Minimize damage to property and the environment
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
150 | P a g e
iv) Initially contain and ultimately bring the incident under control
v) Identify any dead
vi) Provide for the needs of relatives
vii) Provide authoritative information to the news media
viii) Secure the safe rehabilitation of affected area
ix) Preserve relevant records and equipment for the subsequent inquiry into the
cause and circumstances of the emergency.
In effect, DMP helps to optimize operational efficiency to rescue rehabilitation and render
medical help and to restore normalcy
The following hazards for disaster management have been considered:
i) Fire
ii) Explosion &Toxic release
iii) Oil spillage/liquid metal spillage
iv) Electrocution
v) Accident
These hazards and the events that can lead to these hazards have already been discussed in
the preceding sections.
Few elementary disaster management measures to prevent disaster due to the above
mentioned hazards are as follows:
i) Design, manufacture, operation and maintenance of all plant
machineries/structures as per applicable national and international standards
as laid down by statutory authority.
ii) Intelligent formulation of layout to provide ‗Assembly Point‘ and safe access
way for personnel in case of a hazardous event/disaster, as can be inferred
from Risk & Consequence modelling.
iii) Proper emergency (both on site & off-site) preparedness plan, emergency
response team, emergency communication, emergency responsibilities,
emergency facilities, and emergency actions shall be developed.
iv) Proper Alarm system and training the personnel for appropriate response
during disastrous situation.
v) Complete fire protection coverage for the entire plant as per regulatory
stipulations.
vi) Creation and maintenance of Disaster Management cell with adequately
trained personnel who can handle all sorts of emergency situation.
i) Provision of funds for prevention of disaster, mitigation, capacity-
building and preparedness.
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
151 | P a g e
It would be advisable to carry out a detail DMP at the design stage itself to frame a proper
scheme for disaster management. However, this would be subjected to subsequent
improvements as and when required for safe and efficient operation of the plan.
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
152 | P a g e
Table of Contents 8 CHAPTER 8 PROJECT BENEFITS ................................................................................... 1
8 Chapter 8 Project Benefits ............................................................................................ 153
8.1 Introduction ............................................................................................................. 153
8.2 Employment Potential ............................................................................................ 153
8.3 Improvement in Physical & Social Infrastructure ................................................. 153
8.4 Other Tangible Benefits .......................................................................................... 153
8.5 Corporate Environment Responsibility (CER) ...................................................... 154
List of Tables Table 8-1 CER Budget ........................................................................................................... 154
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
153 | P a g e
8 Chapter 8 Project Benefits
8.1 Introduction
Project benefits focus on those points which become beneficial to the surrounding area or
community in terms of infrastructural development, Social development, employment and other
tangible benefits due to project. Proposed expansion project has a potential for employment of
skilled, semi-skilled and unskilled employees during construction phase as well as operational
phase.
8.2 Employment Potential
Total 170 persons will be employed, potential for skilled & unskilled, for the operation and
maintenance in efficient way. First Preference will be given to the local people from nearby
villages according to the skill as well as requirement which will increase employment opportunity
in the surrounding area. Secondary jobs and indirect employment are also bound to be
generated to provide day-to-day needs and services to the work force and industrial activity.
The employed people are benefited financially as this financial growth fulfills their economic
requirements, which in turn will increase their standard of living.
8.3 Improvement in Physical & Social Infrastructure
Following will be other improvements in the physical infrastructure:
Adoption of new technology.
Awareness in local educated people for new technology.
Improvement in local amenities facilities.
Improvement in road link facilities as transportation through truck and other vehicles will
increased due to proposed project.
Improvement in local civilization.
Increase income of local population
Increase requirement of man power
Due to proposed project activity, social infrastructure will be improved by means of
civilization, vocational training and basic amenities.
Civilization: Due to the project, employment and other infrastructural facilities will boost up
income of surrounding people and improve quality of life. This will indirectly boost up the
civilization of the surrounding people.
Basic Amenities: Better education facilities, proper healthcare, road infrastructure and
drinking water facilities are basic social amenities for better living standard of any human
being which will further increase the above amenities directly/indirectly either by providing
or by improving the facilities in the area, which will help in uplifting the living standards of
local communities.
8.4 Other Tangible Benefits
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
154 | P a g e
Employment & trade opportunities will be generated with the starting of the proposed expansion
activities. Thus, these considerable employment & trade opportunities will eventually result in
appreciable economic benefits to the local people & businesses/contractors. Proposed
expansion project will also contribute revenue to the State exchequer in the form of GST –goods
& services tax which includes excise duty, income tax, state sales tax or VAT, tax for interstate
movement, etc. Direct GST contribution to the State exchequer will be there due to Income by
way of registration of trucks, payment of road tax, income tax from individual as well as taxes
from associated units. Thus, the proposed expansion project will help the Government by
paying GST from time to time, which is a part of revenue and thus, will help in developing the
area.
The CSR activities by the company can be considerably beneficial for the health, education,
upliftment of poor people, welfare of women & labors, assistance to the disabled people etc.
These all together with the economic benefits of the proposed project will result in further
benefits in terms of the literacy level, primary and middle level education and on health facilities.
8.5 Corporate Environment Responsibility (CER)
Industry will provide 1 % of the proposed expansion project cost (i.e. 34.5 Lakh) towards the
Corporate Environment Responsibility. Socio-economic development activities will be planned
based on the necessity in villages.
Table 8-1CER Budget
Type of Activities
Total amount to be spent (Lakhs.)
1st Year 2nd Year 3rd Year Total amount
10 nos. of Desktop will be providing in the
Primary School of Garida, Samdhiala,
Kanpar, Village.
3 3 3 9
5 nos. of Water cooler with RO will be
providing in the School of Garida,
Samdhiala, Kanpar, Village.
1.54 1 1 3.54
Provisions of fully equipped ambulance
and equipments like, stretcher, wheelchair,
blood testing kit, BP monitoring machine at
primary health center at Garida,
Samdhiala, Kanpar, Village.
10 6 6 22
Total 14.54 10 10 34.54
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
155 | P a g e
Table of Contents 9 Chapter 9 Environmental Cost Benefit Analysis ................................................................. 156
9.1 Environmental Cost Benefit Analysis .................................................................................. 156
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
156 | P a g e
9 Chapter 9 Environmental Cost Benefit Analysis
9.1 Environmental Cost Benefit Analysis
As per EIA Notification 2006, this Chapter of the ‘Environmental Cost Benefit Analysis’ is
applicable only if it is recommended at the Scoping stage. However, as per the TOR points
issued by SEIAA, Gujarat vide File No. SEIAA/GUJ/TOR/3(a)/183/2021 dated 03/03/2021, the
Environmental Cost Benefit Analysis is not applicable and hence it has not been prepared.
157 | P a g e
Table of Contents
Chapter 10 Environmental Management Plan ............................................... 158
10.1 Introduction ............................................................................................... 158
10.2 Objective of Environmental Management Plan ...................................... 159
10.2.1 Components of EMP.............................................................................. 159
10.3 Environmental Management Systems (EMS) ......................................... 159
10.4 Environmental, Health and Safety (EHS) ................................................ 159
10.5 Environmental Management Cell (EMC) ................................................. 160
10.5.1 Environmental Management Plan of Proposed Project ..................... 161
10.5.2 Environment management during operational phase for proposed . 162
10.6 Greenbelt Development Plan ................................................................... 164
10.7 Rain Water Harvesting Scheme ............................................................... 164
10.8 Occupational Health Management Plan .................................................. 165
10.8.1 Induction Foundry Safety Fundamentals ............................................ 166
Safety Recommendations for Supervisors & Managers .................................. 166
10.9 Fire & Safety Management Plan............................................................... 167
10.10 Cleaner Production Technologies ........................................................... 168
10.11 Budget for Environment Protection Measures ....................................... 168
List of Tables Table 10-1EMP for construction phase ................................................................... 161 Table 10-2 EMP for Operational phase .................................................................... 162
Table 10-3 Details of Plant Species in Greenbelt ................................................... 164 Table 10-4 Details of Rain Water Harvesting .......................................................... 165
Table 10-5 Budgetary allocation towards Environmental Management for proposed project ....................................................................................................... 168
List of Figures Figure10-1 Environmental Management Cell .......................................................... 161
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
158 | P a g e
10 Chapter 10 Environmental Management Plan
10.1 Introduction
To formulate and monitor Environmental Protection measures during and after commissioning
of project, preparation of Environmental Management Plan (EMP) is required. The development
of sound Environment Management Plan is important to mitigate any adverse impacts of the
proposed expansion project. The plan should indicate the details as to how various measures
have been or are being proposed to be taken including cost components as may be required.
Cost of measures for environmental safeguards should be treated as an integral component of
the project cost and environmental aspects should be taken in to account at various stages of
the project.
Conceptualization: Preliminary Environmental Assessment.
Planning: Detailed studies of Environmental Impacts and design of safe
Guards
Execution: Implementation of Environmental safety measures
Operation: Monitoring of effectiveness of built in safe guards
The maximum amount of pollution load that can be discharged in the environment without
affecting the designated use and is governed by dilution, dispersion and removal due to natural
physico-chemical and biological processes is the Assimilative capacity of the study area. The
main objective of Environmental Management Plan is to warrant that the industrial development
in an identified particular study area needs to be entangled with judicious utilization of non-
renewable resources and to ensure that the stress/load on the ecosystem is within its
permissible assimilative capacity i.e. its carrying capacity.
The Environment Management Plan (EMP) is required to ensure sustainable development in
the area of the proposed expansion plant. Hence, it needs to be an all encompass plan for
which the proposed industry, Government, Regulating agencies like Pollution Control Board
working in the region and more importantly the affected population of the study area need to
extend their co-operation and contribution. The identification and quantification of impacts based
on scientific and mathematical modelling.
The Environmental Management Action Plan aims at controlling pollution at the source level to
the possible extent with the best available technology followed by treatment measures before
they are discharged. The recycling and re-use of industrial waste not only reduces the waste
generated but can be an economic gain to the industry.
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
159 | P a g e
10.2 Objective of Environmental Management Plan
The objective of the Environmental Management Plan is summarized as under:
To limit/reduce the degree, extent, magnitude or duration of adverse impacts.
To treat all the pollutants i.e. liquid effluent, air emissions and hazardous waste with adoption
of adequate and efficient technology.
To comply with all the norms and standards stipulated by Gujarat Pollution Control
Board/Central Pollution Control Board.
To create good working conditions.
To reduce any risk hazards and design the disaster management plan.
Continuous development and search for innovative technologies for a cleaner and better
environment.
10.2.1 Components of EMP
EMP for the proposed expansion project covers following aspects:
Description of mitigation measures which are proposed for project operation phase only.
Description of monitoring program.
Institutional arrangements.
Implementation schedule and reporting procedures.
All above aspects and objectives are kept in the view and considering the same EMP is
prepared for two major fields.
10.3 Environmental Management Systems (EMS)
Unit is well aware of environmental requirements for planning and implementation of the project
and Unit has set up a department with trained personnel headed under the qualified EHS
officer. As indicated in the impact and mitigation chapter of this report, the environmental impact
after proposed activity is very marginal release of pollutants due to the same.
10.4 Environmental, Health and Safety (EHS)
Unit has make environmental management a part of overall Environment, Health and Safety
(EHS) Management system. This model EHS system suggests and addresses EMS issues
such as:
Management system expectation
Management leadership, responsibilities and accountability
Risk assessment and management
Compliance and other requirements
Personnel, training and contractor services
Documentation and communications
Facilities design and construction
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
160 | P a g e
Operation, maintenance and management
Community awareness and emergency response
EHS performance monitoring and measurement
Incident investigation reporting and analysis
EHS management system audit
Management review and audit
10.5 Environmental Management Cell (EMC)
For effective implementation of the monitoring program, Unit has a permanent organizational
set-up as it is proposed expansion unit. Thus, unit has set-up permanent Environmental
Management Cell (EMC) for the effective implementation and monitoring of environmental
management system as given below.
EMC is regularly monitoring all project activities to ensure the appropriate implementation of all
environmental mitigation activities and to identify areas where environmental management plan
compliance is not satisfied. Responsibilities have been assigned to officer from various
disciplines to perform and co-ordinate the activities concerned with management and
implementation of environmental control measures. Partners of the company will be responsible
for overall environmental management. EHS officer will inform all the matter regarding
environmental management including reporting of non-compliances / violations of environmental
norms.
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
161 | P a g e
Figure10-1 Environmental Management Cell
10.5.1 Environmental Management Plan of Proposed Project
Table 10-1EMP for construction phase
Description Source
Type of Pollutant/
Pollution
Potential
Control Measures
Various
Environmental
Parameters
such as
air, water,
noise, land/soil,
flora, fauna,
socio
economic,
Occupational
There will not be any
major construction
activities carried out for
proposed expansion
project. There will be
only construction
activities related to
installation of
machineries for the
proposed expansion
Particulate matter,
Fugitive
Emissions,
Domestic
Wastewater,
Noise,
Municipal waste,
hazardous waste
etc.
Regular sprinkling of the water
will be recommended during
the construction phase.
Tarpaulin sheet will be used to
cover the materials during
transportation.
Preventive maintenance of
machinery and transportation
vehicles should be carried out
regularly.
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
162 | P a g e
health & safety project. Regular use of PPE Kits like
nose masks, gum-boots &
hand gloves while working.
Adequate space will be
provided for construction of
temporary sheds for
construction workers mobilized
by the contractors. Unit will
also supply potable water for
the construction workers.
10.5.2 Environment management during operational phase for proposed
The EMP for the proposed expansion project during its operational phase has been prepared for
the various environmental attributes like Air, Water, Land, Noise, Ecology, Socio-Economic etc
Table 10-2 EMP for Operational phase
Description Source Type of
Pollutant/Pollution potential
Control Measures
Air Environment
Stack attached to Induction
furnace, Reheating
Furnace for billets
and D.G. Set (Stand By)
SPM, SO2 and NOx
Pulse jet type Bag Filter with provision of movable primary & secondary suction hood will be provided to the stack attached to induction furnace and AOD unit.
Diesel will be used as fuel for D.G. Set.
Multi Cyclone Dust collector followed by water Scrubber has been provided for reheating furnace for billets.
Water Environment
Domestic wastewater
Low Pollution Potential
The domestic wastewater generated will be treated in unit’s own STP.
Industrial wastewater
Low Pollution Potential
Industrial wastewater will be generated from Cooling and RO reject shall be reused in sprinkling of hot iron slag.
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
163 | P a g e
Solid Waste Management
Slag Low Pollution
Potential
Slag will be sale to registered actual end users after maximum possible re-melting.
Hazardous Waste
Management
Manufacturing Activity &
equipments
Used oil, Discarded Containers /
Barrels /Liners contaminate with
Hazardous Waste/Chemical
Used Oil will be reused in the factory premises as a lubricant.
Discarded Plastic Bags/Drums will be returned to Supplier.
Hazardous waste storage area is adequate for storing additional waste generated due to proposed project activities.
Noise Environment
Plant Equipments and
various Machinery
Low Pollution Potential
In proposed unit all Noise suppression measures such as enclosures, buffers and/or protective measures will be provided, if required necessary arrangement will be made after proposed (wherever noise level is more than the prescribed norms).
Same as proposed practices employees will be provided with ear protection measures like earplugs or earmuffs. Earplug will be provided to all workers where exposure is 85 dB (A) or more.
The transportation contractor will be informed to avoid unnecessary speeding of the vehicles inside the premises.
Regular oiling, lubrication and preventive maintenance will be carried out for the machineries and equipments to reduce noise generation.
Unit will develop the greenbelt area, within industrial premises and
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
164 | P a g e
around the periphery to prevent the noise pollution in surrounding area.
10.6 Greenbelt Development Plan
The main objective of the green belt is to provide a barrier between the plant and the
surrounding areas. The green belt helps to halt soil erosion, make the eco-system more
sustainable, make the climate more conductive and restore water balance. The green belt helps
to capture the fugitive emissions and to attenuate the noise generated in the plant apart from
improving the aesthetics of the plant site.
Unit will develop the greenbelt area, which will be upgraded greenbelt within industrial premises
and around the periphery.
Out of total plant area 43503 m2, the 14501 m2 (33%) area will be developed into greenbelt
areas. Considering the environmental status of project area four main parameters like salinity,
draught, fire resistance, species with faster growth rate and ever green nature have been
considered while selecting the species.
Facts considered during selection of plant species for greenbelt development are:
Agro climatic zone (dry sub humid – as per CPCB) of the project area
Evergreen species to mitigate cumulative impacts due to other industries also.
Type of pollutant (mainly air) likely to disperse from project activities.
Biological–filter Efficiency: Absorption of gases, Dust capturing and noise control.
Details of the selected plant species for greenbelt area up gradation are given in the Table.
Table 10-3 Details of Plant Species in Greenbelt
Common Name of Trees Scientific Name Number of Species
Neem Azadirachta Indica 100
Gulmohar Delonix Regia 100
Lanceleaf Buttonwood Conocarpus 1500
Mango Mangifera Indica 175
Garmalo Cassia Fistula 200
Shirish AlbizioLebbeck 100
Total species 2175
10.7 Rain Water Harvesting Scheme
The dependable rainfall of the project area is 509 mm. Calculation of rain water to be harvested
based on yearly rainfall and runoff is given in Table 10.5.
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
165 | P a g e
Table 10-4 Details of Rain Water Harvesting
Estimation of Quantum of runoff available through Rain water harvesting (within premises)
Sr. No.
Particulars Area (m2) Rain fall (m) Runoff
Coefficient
Quantum of Run off
available (Cum/Year)
1
Roof Top of building/Shed
10490 0.50 0.85 4458.3
3 tanks of capacity 60 KL will be constructed to store rainwater and reuse for various
domestic and gardening purpose.
10.8 Occupational Health Management Plan
Industry will adopt all precautionary methods to reduce the risk of exposure of hazards to
employees
Pre-employment and periodical medical examinations will be carried out to assess the
health status of the workers and medical records for the same will be maintained for
each employee.
A qualified doctor will be appointed on casual basis and required medicines, antidotes and
first-aid box will be procured under the guidance of appointed doctor as per guidelines of
Factory Act.
Personal Protective Equipment’s (PPEs) like helmet, goggles, hand gloves, safety shoes,
nose masks and ear protecting devices like ear plugs/ear muffs will be provided to all the
workers.
Adequate numbers of firefighting equipment and extinguishers will be installed as per
requirement of the fire risk in the proposed plant.
Proper training will be imparted to employees for use of safety appliances & first aid.
All workers will be trained on respective Standard Operating Procedure (SOP) so as to
enable them to prevent any possible mishap.
All loading/unloading will be carried out under technical guidance as per the Standard
Operating Procedure (SOP) generated for the particular raw material/product.
All pollution control equipment are periodically checked and maintained.
The work place area monitoring will be carried out for Particulate Matters (PM), VOCs &
Noise on regular basis.
Good housekeeping, proper and adequate ventilation and lighting will be arranged for better
workplace area as per guidelines of Factory Act.
Water purification and water cooler will be provided for safe drinking water.
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
166 | P a g e
10.8.1 Induction Foundry Safety Fundamentals
Working with molten metal always has been, and always will be, a dangerous occupation. An
induction furnace is a place where three ingredients that are not otherwise brought together –
water, molten metal and electric current – are in close proximity to each other.
The quality of the components that make up an induction furnace system and the care that goes
into its assembly and maintenance are the foundry worker’s first line of defense against
accidents.
While it is impossible to remove the risk from melting metal, it is possible to make the melt shop
an accident-free workplace. It requires management to make safety a key corporate value, then
to communicate that to the foundry workers both by selecting the safest available equipment
and by expending every possible effort to assure that workers are instructed in its proper use. The only way to assure that no one is ever injured in the melt shop is to keep all personnel
away from molten metal, furnaces and holding and pouring equipment.
While this may seem like a farfetched solution, leading furnace manufacturers have actually
made considerable progress in designing remote furnace charging, operating and pouring
systems. Until these technologies are in common use, there are several steps foundry
supervisors can take to minimize worker contact with high risk areas.
Furnace manufacturers and other foundry equipment suppliers are continually attempting to
make the melt shop the safest possible work environment. That’s why virtually all induction
melting systems today include safety features such as ground leak detectors and backup cooling
systems.
Selecting the proper furnace, power supply or preheating and charging system is, of course, a
complex technical task. Frontline supervisors who become involved in equipment selection,
however, are in a good position to also evaluate a system’s safety features, safety certifications,
overall quality and operational efficiencies.
To avoid any occupational health hazards workers involved for handling of hazardous Materials
are trained for proper handling of materials as per standard operating procedure with safety
measures and aware about characteristics of hazardous materials with display of do’s and
don’ts at handling area, as well as provided required PPES and not allow to work without PPEs.
Periodic training and awareness regarding handling of Hazardous materials and induction
training for new workers. Periodic medical examination carried out at frequency of 6 months
for any occupational diseases through registered hygienist and records shall be kept in form 33
& 34.
Safety Recommendations for Supervisors & Managers
Supervisors need to be especially aware of electrical safety. Increased use of induction furnace
technology has made it necessary for a growing number of maintenance and repair workers to
come into close proximity to high current conductors.
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
167 | P a g e
Many maintenance technicians, particularly those who work with low-voltage devices, such as
control systems, do not fully appreciate the risk posed by the high levels of voltage and current
used in induction melting.
It is imperative these individuals be impressed with the fact that shortcuts, such as overriding
safety interlocks during troubleshooting, are absolutely unacceptable when working with even
the smallest induction furnaces and power supplies.
Only trained and qualified personnel are to have access to high-risk areas. A safety lockout
system is another effective measure to prevent electrical shock.
The following procedures can help minimize the risk of electrical accidents while servicing
induction furnace coils, power supplies and conductors:
Post warning notices for all systems operating at high voltages as required by OSHA and
local codes.
Allow only trained and qualified personnel to perform maintenance or repair. Disconnect
and lockout/ tag-out the power supply during maintenance.
Forbid entry into any enclosures until the main circuit interrupter is locked in the OFF
position and circuit interrupter poles are confirmed to be open.
Wait 5 minutes after opening a circuit interrupter before opening cabinet doors. This
allows capacitors time to discharge.
Test all bus bars for residual voltage before touching.
If the power supply energizes more than one furnace, leads to the furnace undergoing
maintenance or repair must be disconnected from the power supply and the furnace
induction coil grounded
10.9 Fire & Safety Management Plan
Currently the company has provided sufficient fire extinguishers and fire hydrant systems for
protection of the plant building against fire due to electrical spark and short circuit. After
proposed the same will be upgraded in which automatic type fire extinguishing system will be
provided to protect the control and computer room areas from fire hazards.
Qualified and trained officers are managing the environment and safety department in the plant
and all persons in operation and maintenance of the plant have been given basic firefighting
training and after proposed the same will be maintained.
To avoid short-circuiting an earthing system will be designed and installed for a ground fault
short circuit. Grid resistance will be decided based on soil resistively and allowance for
corrosion. Electrical equipment will be flame proof. To avoid road accident due to spillage of
fuels and blockages of road, proper parking and road safety signs both inside and outside the
plant will be displayed. DCP, fire hydrant line, Foam, ABC & CO2 will be provided as fire fighting
instruments.
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
168 | P a g e
Good housekeeping, proper and adequate ventilation and lighting has been arranged for better
workplace area as per guidelines of Factory Act.
10.10 Cleaner Production Technologies
Unit will be adopted following cleaner production techniques:
Measured quantities of raw materials to minimize waste.
Automated and enclosed filling system is used to minimize spillage.
Regular preventive maintenance for avoiding leakage, spillage etc. Is being carried out. After
proposed unit will upgrade cleaner production techniques for water conservation, hazardous
waste minimization, good housekeeping practices, maximum reuse/recycle, energy saving
etc. wherever possible;
Carrying out energy audit at regular time interval.
Installation and efficient use of rain water harvesting system.
Reusing treated industrial effluent in industrial activities.
Reusing spent/waste oil for lubrication in machineries and equipments within the premises.
Adopting good housekeeping practices by maintaining cleanliness in premises and providing
regular training and giving instructions for the same.
10.11 Budget for Environment Protection Measures
Unit will regularly and efficiently operate environmental management systems and keep
provision for fund for meeting expenses for the same. The budgetary allocation towards
Environmental Management for the proposed project is presented in the Table.
Table 10-5 Budgetary allocation towards Environmental Management for proposed
project
Sr. No.
Pollution Control
Measures
Capital Cost Rs.
(Cr)
Recurring Cost
per annum Rs. (Cr)
Basis for cost estimates
1
Air Pollution Control
0.80 0.1
Capital cost would include air pollution control devices and the recurring cost would include operation and maintenance of pollution control devices and stack emission monitoring.
2 Water Pollution
Control
0.30 0.06
Capital cost would include cost of STP. and recurring cost would include maintenance charges, manpower salary etc.
3 Noise Pollution
Control 0.05 0.01
Capital cost would include providing adequate sound enclosures and
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
169 | P a g e
recurring cost would include monitoring of noise level.
4
Solid and hazardous
waste management
0.07 0.06
Capital cost would include expense for providing storage area for hazardous waste and recurring cost would be for solid/ hazardous waste packing & return to supplier.
5 Green Belt 0.1 0.022
Capital cost would include cost of plant species and labor cost, soil filling, soil dressing and recurring cost would include cost of maintenance of that green belt including cost of required water for plant growth.
6 Environment
monitoring and management
0.1 0.05
The recurring cost would be incurred on hiring of consultants and payment of various statutory fees to regulatory agencies.
7. Occupational health safety & Fire fighting
0.40 0.15
Construction of OHC, regular medical checkup, provision of PPE’s, adoption of automated material handling system, installation of fire hydrant line and firefighting equipments
Total 1.82 0.452
Capital cost = Rs.1.82 Cr
Recurring cost = Rs. 0.452 Cr
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
170 | P a g e
Table of Contents Chapter 11 Summary & Conclusion .................................................................................... 171
11.1 Introduction ............................................................................................................. 171
11.2 Product and Capacity ............................................................................................. 171
11.3 Description of the Environment ............................................................................. 171
11.3.1 Air Environment ............................................................................................... 171
11.3.2 Water Environment .......................................................................................... 172
11.3.3 Noise Environment .......................................................................................... 172
11.3.4 Land Environment ........................................................................................... 172
11.3.5 Water Requirement, Waste Water Generation and Treatment ...................... 173
11.3.6 Air Pollution Source and Control Management ............................................. 173
11.3.7 Hazardous Waste ............................................................................................. 174
11.3.8 Green Belt ........................................................................................................ 174
11.3.9 Power Requirements & Fuel requirement ...................................................... 174
11.3.10 Capital and recurring cost earmarked for environmental protection
measures ......................................................................................................................... 174
11.4 Socio-Economic Environment ............................................................................... 175
11.5 Conclusion .............................................................................................................. 176
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
171 | P a g e
11 Chapter 11 Summary & Conclusion
11.1 Introduction
M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited is located at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 &
70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621, Gujarat, India. The proposed project is
about the expansion in Iron & Steel billet and Round Bars with production capacity from 26,400 to
1,44,000 T/Year of Iron & Steel Billet and 1,36,800 T/Y of Round Bars.
The stated project will be carried out within the premises. Thus, this is a brown field project
where unit intends to manufacture products covered under Category 3(a)-B as per EIA
Notification of Ministry of Environment & Forest (MoEF & CC), dated.14-Sep-06.
11.2 Product and Capacity
Sr.
no.
Name of the
Products
Quantity (T/Annum)
Existing Proposed Total
1 Iron and Steel
Billets 26,400 1,17,600 1,44,000
2 Round Bars:
Re-Rolling 00 1,36,800 1,36,800
Total 26,400 2,54,400 2,80,800
11.3 Description of the Environment
11.3.1 Air Environment
The dispersion of pollutants in the atmosphere is a function of several meteorological parameters viz. temperature, wind speed and direction, mixing depths, inversion level, etc. The ambient air samples were collected and analyzed for Particulate Matter (PM10), Particulate Matter (PM2.5), Sulphur Dioxide (SO2), Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx), Ozone (O3), Lead (Pb), Carbon Monoxide (CO), Ammonia (NH3), Benzene (C6H6), Benzo (a) Pyrene (BaP), Arsenic (As) and Nickel (Ni) were monitored at site and nearby villages for identification, prediction, evaluation and assessment of potential impact on ambient air environment. The maximum & minimum concentrations of important parameters recorded in study area are
given in the table below:
Sr. No. Criteria
Pollutants Unit
Maximum Value
Minimum Value
Prescribed Value
1 PM10 g/m3 83.2 54 100
2 PM2.5 g/m3 27.5 16.2 60
3 SO2 g/m3 7.6 4.6 80
4 NOx g/m3 12.1 7.4 80
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
172 | P a g e
11.3.2 Water Environment Baseline Ground Water Quality
Sr. No.
Criteria Pollutants
Unit
Maximum Value
Minimum Value
Desirable Limit
Maximum Permissible
Limit
1 pH - 7.8 6.8 6.5-8.5 No
Relaxation
2 Total Hardness mg/l
468 286 200 600
3 Total Dissolved
Solids mg/l
785 575 500 2000
4 Chlorides mg/l
168 142 250 1000
Baseline Surface Water Quality
Sr. No.
Criteria Pollutants
Unit
Maximum Value
Minimum Value
1 pH - 7.4 6.8
2 TDS mg/l
375 255
3 COD mg/l
34 24
4 BOD mg/l
15 10
5 TSS mg/l
20 12
11.3.3 Noise Environment
The objective of the noise pollution survey around the project site was to identify
existing noise sources and to measure background noise levels. The study was carried
out in the following steps:
Reconnaissance
Identification of noise sources and measurement of noise levels
Measurement of noise levels due to transportation
Community noise levels
11.3.4 Land Environment
The soil pollution is generally due to wastewater and solid waste. There will be no industrial
wastewater discharge as treated effluent used in Sprinkling of Hot Iron Slag. Solid waste
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
173 | P a g e
generation will be very less during operation phase of the proposed project. Used oil will be
reused as lubricant within premises. Solid waste generated form unit will be sell to
registered actual user after maximum possible re-melting.
11.3.5 Water Requirement, Waste Water Generation and Treatment
The total water requirement for proposed expansion will be 41.50 KL/Day. Water will be
obtained through Tanker Supply to fulfil such requirements. The industry will reuse
wastewater generated form RO Reject and Cooling in Sprinkling of Hot Iron Slag. Sewage
generated will be treated in STP & after reusing in gardening.
11.3.6 Air Pollution Source and Control Management In this proposed project, flue gas emission will be the main source of air pollution.
SR. no.
Source of emission
With Capacity
e.g. Boiler (8 TPH)
Stack Height (meter)
Name of
the fuel & Quantity
Stack Diameter (meter)
Type of emissions
i.e. Air Pollutants
APCM
Emission
Standards
Existing
1.
Induction Furnace (with two crucible)
Capacity: 10 T.
30 Electricity
As per requirement
1.13 SPM
Pulse jet type Bag Filter with provision of movable primary
& secondary suction hood
150 ppm 100 ppm 50 ppm
2.
D.G. Set (500 KVA)
Standby 12
Diesel
100 Lit/hr .
SPM
Adequate Stack
Height
150 ppm 100 ppm 50 ppm
Proposed
1.
Induction Furnace (with two crucible)
Capacity: 30 T.
30
Electricity
As per requirement
1.13 SPM
Pulse jet type Bag Filter with
provision of movable primary
& secondary suction hood
150 ppm 100 ppm 50 ppm
2. Reheating Furnace for
billets 22
Natural gas 1000 M3/day
0.8 SPM SO2
NOx
Adequate Stack Height
150 ppm 100 ppm 50 ppm
Coal (will be used until we get Natural Gas connection) 12 MT/day
Multi cyclone Dust collector followed by water Scrubber
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
174 | P a g e
11.3.7 Hazardous Waste
Sr. No.
Type of Hazardous
Waste.
Category Code /
No.
Total Quantity (MT/Year)
Generation source
Hazardous Waste Handling and Management Facilities.
1. Used oil, I -5.1 0.2 Machine, DG Set Collection, Storage and
reused in the factory premises as a lubricant.
2.
Discarded Containers /
Barrels /Liners contaminate
with Hazardous Waste/Chemical
I -33.3 2.0 Hazardous Materials
Receiving barrels
Collection, Storage and returned to Supplier.
11.3.8 Green Belt
Total 43503 sq. meter land area is available at site; out of this area about 14501 sq.
meter (33%) area is covered as greenbelt and other forms of greenery.
11.3.9 Power Requirements & Fuel requirement
Power Requirement
Total power requirement for the project will be about 14 MW which will be procured from
Paschim Gujarat Vij Company Ltd. (PGVCL).
Fuel Consumption Details
Sr. No. Name of fuel Quantity
1. Diesel 100 Lit/Hour
2. Coal/
Natural Gas
12 MT/Day / 1000 M3/Day
11.3.10 Capital and recurring cost earmarked for environmental protection
measures
Total costs of the project will Rs. 55.0 Crores.
Sr. No.
Pollution Control
Measures
Capital Cost Rs.
(Cr)
Recurring Cost
per annum Rs. (Cr)
Basis for cost estimates
1
Air Pollution Control
0.80 0.1 Capital cost would include air pollution control devices and
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
175 | P a g e
the recurring cost would include operation and maintenance of pollution control devices and stack emission monitoring.
2 Water Pollution
Control
0.30 0.06
Capital cost would include cost of STP. and recurring cost would include maintenance charges, manpower salary etc.
3 Noise Pollution
Control 0.05 0.01
Capital cost would include providing adequate sound enclosures and recurring cost would include monitoring of noise level.
4
Solid and hazardous
waste management
0.07 0.06
Capital cost would include expense for providing storage area for hazardous waste and recurring cost would be for solid/ hazardous waste packing & return to supplier.
5 Green Belt 0.1 0.022
Capital cost would include cost of plant species and labor cost, soil filling, soil dressing and recurring cost would include cost of maintenance of that green belt including cost of required water for plant growth.
6 Environment
monitoring and management
0.1 0.05
The recurring cost would be incurred on hiring of consultants and payment of various statutory fees to regulatory agencies.
7. Occupational health safety & Fire fighting
0.40 0.15
Construction of OHC, regular medical checkup, provision of PPE’s, adoption of automated material handling system, installation of fire hydrant line and firefighting equipments
Total 1.82 0.452
11.4 Socio-Economic Environment
Project will provide employment to nearer village people and local people will get some
contracts of supply and services to get indirect income.
Project proponent will contribute in improving education and health facilities to nearby area.
Whatever the pollution load generated will be managed by the industry and adequate facility
Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.
176 | P a g e
will be provided so that industrial activity does not damage surrounding environment.
11.5 Conclusion
Negligible impacts will occur on air quality. However, all the necessary air pollution control
measures will be provided.
No ecological damage will occur.
No adverse impacts will occur on water environment.
Local employment opportunities will increase.
Other impacts of the project will also remain far below acceptable limits after necessary
mitigation as described & suggested in EIA report.
The major impacts will also be brought under acceptable limits by implementing the required
hazard prevention & control measures as suggested in the report. Thus it has been
concluded that there would not be any major impacts on environment due to the proposed
expansion project except the impacts of major accident scenarios which may extend out of
the plant area.
Various other environment parameters like Forest/ National Park/ Sanctuary and Religious /
Historical Places will not be affected.
Environment Management Plan has been formulated to control all the pollutant parameters
and Environment Management Cell has been set-up to ensure that these parameters do not
exceed the norms set out by the concerned authorities.
After commissioning of the proposed expansion project the Environmental Management Cell
will take care of all the pollution control measures.
It can be concluded on a positive note that after the implementation of the mitigation
measures and environmental management plan during the construction &operational phase,
there will be negligible impact on the environment.
The EIA study has concluded that the project would be environmentally acceptable, in
compliance with environmental legislation and standards, Hence the proposed expansion
project may be considered for prior Environmental Clearance.
178 | P a g e
CHAPTER- 12 DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS ENGAGED
12.1 ORGANIZATIONAL PROFILE
Ambiental Global Private Limited is a leading environmental consulting organization promoted
by young professionals with experience and expertise in diverse sectors, thereby providing viable
solutions and professional services to promote environmental sustainability.
Apart from its own resources, Ambiental Global Private Limited also has association with
several leading consultancy firms who have competency and expertise in other areas. The
associations with these firms have helped to address the deliverables in an integrated fashion.
Each project is a value addition to the organization and hence results in environmental, economic
and social upliftment.
Ambiental Global Private Limited is accredited by QCI/NABET having certificate no.
NABET/EIA/1922/IA0047 valid till dated 17th June, 2022 for carrying out EIA/EMP study of
seven sectors as per EIA Notification, 2006 released by Ministry of Environment Forest &
Climate Change (MoEF & CC).
Ambiental Global Private Limited provides integrated solutions to complex problems in diverse
business areas of EIA, environment planning and site management. We thrive on quality, cost,
effectiveness and timely delivery of projects and have hence in a short span of time, successfully
accomplished a number of projects.
Consultancy Services
Environmental Impact Assessment HAZOP Study
Air Quality Assessment and Control
Measures
Environmental Remediation Consulting
Engineering
Water and Waste Water Quality
Assessment, Treatment and Management
EHS& Occupational Safety Management
Consulting
Soil Quality Assessment Preparation and Implementation for Various
sectors
Source apportionment Study Remediation Construction & Site Restoration
Carrying Capacity Study Solid Waste Management Services
Environmental Management Plan Natural resource management
Consent Management ETP & STP Establishment and Operation
Socioeconomic & Impact Assessment Environmental Research and Development
Environmental Legal Advice Training and Skill Development
179 | P a g e
Declaration by Experts contributing to the EIA: For Proposed Expansion
“METALLURGICAL INDUSTRIES (FERROUS & NON FERROUS)” located at 213/1 ,213/2
,212/1 ,212/2 ,184 ,185 ,186/1 ,183/1 ,183/2 ,183/3 ,182/1, 214/1, 214/3 - Mahwas, Halol Kalol
road, Taluka: Kalol, Dist. Pachmahal – 389330, Gujarat. I, hereby, certify that I was a part of the
EIA team in the following capacity that developed the above EIA.
EIA coordinator:
Name Akansha Rampuria
Signature
Period of involvement Dec 2019 to till date
Contact Information R/o Plot no. 16, Second floor, Sector-04, Vaishali, District:
Ghaziabad, State: Uttar Pradesh, Pin Code- 201010.
Following Coordinators & Functional Area Experts:
S.No. Name of Person EC/FAE/FAA/TM Area of Expertise Signature
1. Praveen Singh EIA Coordinator & FAE EB
2. Laxmi Singh EIA Coordinator & FAE WP, SW
3. Punit Lal Mahto EIA Coordinator & FAE GEO, LU, HG
4. Aakanksha Rampuria EIA Coordinator & FAE AQ, SHW, WP,
AP
5. Pawan Kumar Bharti FAE NV, RH, AP, SC
6. Neha Singh FAE NV
7. Jaya Singh FAE SHW, RH
8. Ajeet Prasad FAE SE
9. Akash Gupta Assistant Manager Team
Member
180 | P a g e
Declaration by the Head of the accredited consultant organization/ authorized
person: I, Sourabh Tyagi, hereby, confirm that the above mentioned experts prepared the EIA:
Proposed Expansion “METALLURGICAL INDUSTRIES (FERROUS & NON FERROUS)” located
at 213/1 ,213/2 ,212/1 ,212/2 ,184 ,185 ,186/1 ,183/1 ,183/2 ,183/3 ,182/1, 214/1, 214/3 -
Mahwas, Halol Kalol road, Taluka: Kalol, Dist. Pachmahal – 389330, Gujarat. I also confirm that
EIA Coordinator (EC) and experts has gone through the report, and the consultant organization
shall be fully accountable for any misleading information.
It is certified that no unethical practices, plagiarism involved in carrying out the work and external
data / text has not been used without proper acknowledgement while preparing this EIA report.
Name: Mr. Sourabh Tyagi,
Designation: Director
Name of the EIA consultant organization: M/s Ambiental Global Private Limited
NABET Certificate No. & Issue Date: NABET/EIA/1922/IA0047